Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1 | //===- NewGVN.cpp - Global Value Numbering Pass ---------------------------===// |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 9 | // |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | /// \file |
| 11 | /// This file implements the new LLVM's Global Value Numbering pass. |
| 12 | /// GVN partitions values computed by a function into congruence classes. |
| 13 | /// Values ending up in the same congruence class are guaranteed to be the same |
| 14 | /// for every execution of the program. In that respect, congruency is a |
| 15 | /// compile-time approximation of equivalence of values at runtime. |
| 16 | /// The algorithm implemented here uses a sparse formulation and it's based |
| 17 | /// on the ideas described in the paper: |
| 18 | /// "A Sparse Algorithm for Predicated Global Value Numbering" from |
| 19 | /// Karthik Gargi. |
| 20 | /// |
Daniel Berlin | db3c7be | 2017-01-26 21:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | /// A brief overview of the algorithm: The algorithm is essentially the same as |
| 22 | /// the standard RPO value numbering algorithm (a good reference is the paper |
| 23 | /// "SCC based value numbering" by L. Taylor Simpson) with one major difference: |
| 24 | /// The RPO algorithm proceeds, on every iteration, to process every reachable |
| 25 | /// block and every instruction in that block. This is because the standard RPO |
| 26 | /// algorithm does not track what things have the same value number, it only |
| 27 | /// tracks what the value number of a given operation is (the mapping is |
| 28 | /// operation -> value number). Thus, when a value number of an operation |
| 29 | /// changes, it must reprocess everything to ensure all uses of a value number |
| 30 | /// get updated properly. In constrast, the sparse algorithm we use *also* |
| 31 | /// tracks what operations have a given value number (IE it also tracks the |
| 32 | /// reverse mapping from value number -> operations with that value number), so |
| 33 | /// that it only needs to reprocess the instructions that are affected when |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | /// something's value number changes. The vast majority of complexity and code |
| 35 | /// in this file is devoted to tracking what value numbers could change for what |
| 36 | /// instructions when various things happen. The rest of the algorithm is |
| 37 | /// devoted to performing symbolic evaluation, forward propagation, and |
| 38 | /// simplification of operations based on the value numbers deduced so far |
| 39 | /// |
| 40 | /// In order to make the GVN mostly-complete, we use a technique derived from |
| 41 | /// "Detection of Redundant Expressions: A Complete and Polynomial-time |
| 42 | /// Algorithm in SSA" by R.R. Pai. The source of incompleteness in most SSA |
| 43 | /// based GVN algorithms is related to their inability to detect equivalence |
| 44 | /// between phi of ops (IE phi(a+b, c+d)) and op of phis (phi(a,c) + phi(b, d)). |
| 45 | /// We resolve this issue by generating the equivalent "phi of ops" form for |
| 46 | /// each op of phis we see, in a way that only takes polynomial time to resolve. |
Daniel Berlin | db3c7be | 2017-01-26 21:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | /// |
| 48 | /// We also do not perform elimination by using any published algorithm. All |
| 49 | /// published algorithms are O(Instructions). Instead, we use a technique that |
| 50 | /// is O(number of operations with the same value number), enabling us to skip |
| 51 | /// trying to eliminate things that have unique value numbers. |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 52 | // |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/NewGVN.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 56 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | #include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 58 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
| 59 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" |
| 60 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 62 | #include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h" |
| 63 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" |
| 64 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 66 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 67 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | #include "llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 70 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" |
| 72 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | #include "llvm/Analysis/CFGPrinter.h" |
| 74 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" |
| 75 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h" |
| 76 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemorySSA.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 79 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" |
| 80 | #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h" |
| 81 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" |
| 82 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" |
| 83 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 84 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
| 85 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
| 86 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" |
| 87 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
| 88 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 89 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
| 90 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" |
| 91 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 92 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
| 93 | #include "llvm/IR/Use.h" |
| 94 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
| 95 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
| 96 | #include "llvm/Pass.h" |
| 97 | #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h" |
| 98 | #include "llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h" |
| 99 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 100 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
| 101 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | #include "llvm/Support/DebugCounter.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 103 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
| 104 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
| 105 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" |
| 107 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/GVNExpression.h" |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PredicateInfo.h" |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/VNCoercion.h" |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 111 | #include <algorithm> |
| 112 | #include <cassert> |
| 113 | #include <cstdint> |
| 114 | #include <iterator> |
| 115 | #include <map> |
| 116 | #include <memory> |
| 117 | #include <set> |
| 118 | #include <string> |
| 119 | #include <tuple> |
| 120 | #include <utility> |
| 121 | #include <vector> |
| 122 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | using namespace llvm; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | using namespace llvm::GVNExpression; |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | using namespace llvm::VNCoercion; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 126 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "newgvn" |
| 128 | |
| 129 | STATISTIC(NumGVNInstrDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted"); |
| 130 | STATISTIC(NumGVNBlocksDeleted, "Number of blocks deleted"); |
| 131 | STATISTIC(NumGVNOpsSimplified, "Number of Expressions simplified"); |
| 132 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPhisAllSame, "Number of PHIs whos arguments are all the same"); |
Daniel Berlin | 0444343 | 2017-01-07 03:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | STATISTIC(NumGVNMaxIterations, |
| 134 | "Maximum Number of iterations it took to converge GVN"); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | STATISTIC(NumGVNLeaderChanges, "Number of leader changes"); |
| 136 | STATISTIC(NumGVNSortedLeaderChanges, "Number of sorted leader changes"); |
| 137 | STATISTIC(NumGVNAvoidedSortedLeaderChanges, |
| 138 | "Number of avoided sorted leader changes"); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | STATISTIC(NumGVNDeadStores, "Number of redundant/dead stores eliminated"); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPHIOfOpsCreated, "Number of PHI of ops created"); |
| 141 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPHIOfOpsEliminations, |
| 142 | "Number of things eliminated using PHI of ops"); |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | DEBUG_COUNTER(VNCounter, "newgvn-vn", |
Craig Topper | 9cd976d | 2017-08-10 17:48:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | "Controls which instructions are value numbered"); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | DEBUG_COUNTER(PHIOfOpsCounter, "newgvn-phi", |
Craig Topper | 9cd976d | 2017-08-10 17:48:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | "Controls which instructions we create phi of ops for"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | // Currently store defining access refinement is too slow due to basicaa being |
| 148 | // egregiously slow. This flag lets us keep it working while we work on this |
| 149 | // issue. |
| 150 | static cl::opt<bool> EnableStoreRefinement("enable-store-refinement", |
| 151 | cl::init(false), cl::Hidden); |
| 152 | |
Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | /// Currently, the generation "phi of ops" can result in correctness issues. |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | static cl::opt<bool> EnablePhiOfOps("enable-phi-of-ops", cl::init(true), |
Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | cl::Hidden); |
| 156 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 158 | // GVN Pass |
| 159 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 160 | |
| 161 | // Anchor methods. |
| 162 | namespace llvm { |
| 163 | namespace GVNExpression { |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 164 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | Expression::~Expression() = default; |
| 166 | BasicExpression::~BasicExpression() = default; |
| 167 | CallExpression::~CallExpression() = default; |
| 168 | LoadExpression::~LoadExpression() = default; |
| 169 | StoreExpression::~StoreExpression() = default; |
| 170 | AggregateValueExpression::~AggregateValueExpression() = default; |
| 171 | PHIExpression::~PHIExpression() = default; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 172 | |
| 173 | } // end namespace GVNExpression |
| 174 | } // end namespace llvm |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 49a49fe | 2017-08-20 13:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 177 | |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | // Tarjan's SCC finding algorithm with Nuutila's improvements |
| 179 | // SCCIterator is actually fairly complex for the simple thing we want. |
| 180 | // It also wants to hand us SCC's that are unrelated to the phi node we ask |
| 181 | // about, and have us process them there or risk redoing work. |
| 182 | // Graph traits over a filter iterator also doesn't work that well here. |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | // This SCC finder is specialized to walk use-def chains, and only follows |
| 184 | // instructions, |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | // not generic values (arguments, etc). |
| 186 | struct TarjanSCC { |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | TarjanSCC() : Components(1) {} |
| 188 | |
| 189 | void Start(const Instruction *Start) { |
| 190 | if (Root.lookup(Start) == 0) |
| 191 | FindSCC(Start); |
| 192 | } |
| 193 | |
| 194 | const SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &getComponentFor(const Value *V) const { |
| 195 | unsigned ComponentID = ValueToComponent.lookup(V); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | assert(ComponentID > 0 && |
| 198 | "Asking for a component for a value we never processed"); |
| 199 | return Components[ComponentID]; |
| 200 | } |
| 201 | |
| 202 | private: |
| 203 | void FindSCC(const Instruction *I) { |
| 204 | Root[I] = ++DFSNum; |
| 205 | // Store the DFS Number we had before it possibly gets incremented. |
| 206 | unsigned int OurDFS = DFSNum; |
| 207 | for (auto &Op : I->operands()) { |
| 208 | if (auto *InstOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op)) { |
| 209 | if (Root.lookup(Op) == 0) |
| 210 | FindSCC(InstOp); |
| 211 | if (!InComponent.count(Op)) |
| 212 | Root[I] = std::min(Root.lookup(I), Root.lookup(Op)); |
| 213 | } |
| 214 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | // See if we really were the root of a component, by seeing if we still have |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | // our DFSNumber. If we do, we are the root of the component, and we have |
| 217 | // completed a component. If we do not, we are not the root of a component, |
| 218 | // and belong on the component stack. |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | if (Root.lookup(I) == OurDFS) { |
| 220 | unsigned ComponentID = Components.size(); |
| 221 | Components.resize(Components.size() + 1); |
| 222 | auto &Component = Components.back(); |
| 223 | Component.insert(I); |
| 224 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Component root is " << *I << "\n"); |
| 225 | InComponent.insert(I); |
| 226 | ValueToComponent[I] = ComponentID; |
| 227 | // Pop a component off the stack and label it. |
| 228 | while (!Stack.empty() && Root.lookup(Stack.back()) >= OurDFS) { |
| 229 | auto *Member = Stack.back(); |
| 230 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Component member is " << *Member << "\n"); |
| 231 | Component.insert(Member); |
| 232 | InComponent.insert(Member); |
| 233 | ValueToComponent[Member] = ComponentID; |
| 234 | Stack.pop_back(); |
| 235 | } |
| 236 | } else { |
| 237 | // Part of a component, push to stack |
| 238 | Stack.push_back(I); |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 241 | |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | unsigned int DFSNum = 1; |
| 243 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> InComponent; |
| 244 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> Root; |
| 245 | SmallVector<const Value *, 8> Stack; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 246 | |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | // Store the components as vector of ptr sets, because we need the topo order |
| 248 | // of SCC's, but not individual member order |
| 249 | SmallVector<SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8>, 8> Components; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 250 | |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> ValueToComponent; |
| 252 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 253 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | // Congruence classes represent the set of expressions/instructions |
| 255 | // that are all the same *during some scope in the function*. |
| 256 | // That is, because of the way we perform equality propagation, and |
| 257 | // because of memory value numbering, it is not correct to assume |
| 258 | // you can willy-nilly replace any member with any other at any |
| 259 | // point in the function. |
| 260 | // |
| 261 | // For any Value in the Member set, it is valid to replace any dominated member |
| 262 | // with that Value. |
| 263 | // |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | // Every congruence class has a leader, and the leader is used to symbolize |
| 265 | // instructions in a canonical way (IE every operand of an instruction that is a |
| 266 | // member of the same congruence class will always be replaced with leader |
| 267 | // during symbolization). To simplify symbolization, we keep the leader as a |
| 268 | // constant if class can be proved to be a constant value. Otherwise, the |
| 269 | // leader is the member of the value set with the smallest DFS number. Each |
| 270 | // congruence class also has a defining expression, though the expression may be |
| 271 | // null. If it exists, it can be used for forward propagation and reassociation |
| 272 | // of values. |
| 273 | |
| 274 | // For memory, we also track a representative MemoryAccess, and a set of memory |
| 275 | // members for MemoryPhis (which have no real instructions). Note that for |
| 276 | // memory, it seems tempting to try to split the memory members into a |
| 277 | // MemoryCongruenceClass or something. Unfortunately, this does not work |
| 278 | // easily. The value numbering of a given memory expression depends on the |
| 279 | // leader of the memory congruence class, and the leader of memory congruence |
| 280 | // class depends on the value numbering of a given memory expression. This |
| 281 | // leads to wasted propagation, and in some cases, missed optimization. For |
| 282 | // example: If we had value numbered two stores together before, but now do not, |
| 283 | // we move them to a new value congruence class. This in turn will move at one |
| 284 | // of the memorydefs to a new memory congruence class. Which in turn, affects |
| 285 | // the value numbering of the stores we just value numbered (because the memory |
| 286 | // congruence class is part of the value number). So while theoretically |
| 287 | // possible to split them up, it turns out to be *incredibly* complicated to get |
| 288 | // it to work right, because of the interdependency. While structurally |
| 289 | // slightly messier, it is algorithmically much simpler and faster to do what we |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | // do here, and track them both at once in the same class. |
| 291 | // Note: The default iterators for this class iterate over values |
| 292 | class CongruenceClass { |
| 293 | public: |
| 294 | using MemberType = Value; |
| 295 | using MemberSet = SmallPtrSet<MemberType *, 4>; |
| 296 | using MemoryMemberType = MemoryPhi; |
| 297 | using MemoryMemberSet = SmallPtrSet<const MemoryMemberType *, 2>; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | explicit CongruenceClass(unsigned ID) : ID(ID) {} |
| 300 | CongruenceClass(unsigned ID, Value *Leader, const Expression *E) |
| 301 | : ID(ID), RepLeader(Leader), DefiningExpr(E) {} |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 302 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | unsigned getID() const { return ID; } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 304 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | // True if this class has no members left. This is mainly used for assertion |
| 306 | // purposes, and for skipping empty classes. |
| 307 | bool isDead() const { |
| 308 | // If it's both dead from a value perspective, and dead from a memory |
| 309 | // perspective, it's really dead. |
| 310 | return empty() && memory_empty(); |
| 311 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 312 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | // Leader functions |
| 314 | Value *getLeader() const { return RepLeader; } |
| 315 | void setLeader(Value *Leader) { RepLeader = Leader; } |
| 316 | const std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> &getNextLeader() const { |
| 317 | return NextLeader; |
| 318 | } |
| 319 | void resetNextLeader() { NextLeader = {nullptr, ~0}; } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | void addPossibleNextLeader(std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> LeaderPair) { |
| 321 | if (LeaderPair.second < NextLeader.second) |
| 322 | NextLeader = LeaderPair; |
| 323 | } |
| 324 | |
| 325 | Value *getStoredValue() const { return RepStoredValue; } |
| 326 | void setStoredValue(Value *Leader) { RepStoredValue = Leader; } |
| 327 | const MemoryAccess *getMemoryLeader() const { return RepMemoryAccess; } |
| 328 | void setMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *Leader) { RepMemoryAccess = Leader; } |
| 329 | |
| 330 | // Forward propagation info |
| 331 | const Expression *getDefiningExpr() const { return DefiningExpr; } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | |
| 333 | // Value member set |
| 334 | bool empty() const { return Members.empty(); } |
| 335 | unsigned size() const { return Members.size(); } |
| 336 | MemberSet::const_iterator begin() const { return Members.begin(); } |
| 337 | MemberSet::const_iterator end() const { return Members.end(); } |
| 338 | void insert(MemberType *M) { Members.insert(M); } |
| 339 | void erase(MemberType *M) { Members.erase(M); } |
| 340 | void swap(MemberSet &Other) { Members.swap(Other); } |
| 341 | |
| 342 | // Memory member set |
| 343 | bool memory_empty() const { return MemoryMembers.empty(); } |
| 344 | unsigned memory_size() const { return MemoryMembers.size(); } |
| 345 | MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator memory_begin() const { |
| 346 | return MemoryMembers.begin(); |
| 347 | } |
| 348 | MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator memory_end() const { |
| 349 | return MemoryMembers.end(); |
| 350 | } |
| 351 | iterator_range<MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator> memory() const { |
| 352 | return make_range(memory_begin(), memory_end()); |
| 353 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 354 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | void memory_insert(const MemoryMemberType *M) { MemoryMembers.insert(M); } |
| 356 | void memory_erase(const MemoryMemberType *M) { MemoryMembers.erase(M); } |
| 357 | |
| 358 | // Store count |
| 359 | unsigned getStoreCount() const { return StoreCount; } |
| 360 | void incStoreCount() { ++StoreCount; } |
| 361 | void decStoreCount() { |
| 362 | assert(StoreCount != 0 && "Store count went negative"); |
| 363 | --StoreCount; |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | // True if this class has no memory members. |
| 367 | bool definesNoMemory() const { return StoreCount == 0 && memory_empty(); } |
| 368 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | // Return true if two congruence classes are equivalent to each other. This |
| 370 | // means |
| 371 | // that every field but the ID number and the dead field are equivalent. |
| 372 | bool isEquivalentTo(const CongruenceClass *Other) const { |
| 373 | if (!Other) |
| 374 | return false; |
| 375 | if (this == Other) |
| 376 | return true; |
| 377 | |
| 378 | if (std::tie(StoreCount, RepLeader, RepStoredValue, RepMemoryAccess) != |
| 379 | std::tie(Other->StoreCount, Other->RepLeader, Other->RepStoredValue, |
| 380 | Other->RepMemoryAccess)) |
| 381 | return false; |
| 382 | if (DefiningExpr != Other->DefiningExpr) |
| 383 | if (!DefiningExpr || !Other->DefiningExpr || |
| 384 | *DefiningExpr != *Other->DefiningExpr) |
| 385 | return false; |
| 386 | // We need some ordered set |
| 387 | std::set<Value *> AMembers(Members.begin(), Members.end()); |
| 388 | std::set<Value *> BMembers(Members.begin(), Members.end()); |
| 389 | return AMembers == BMembers; |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
| 392 | private: |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | unsigned ID; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 394 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | // Representative leader. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | Value *RepLeader = nullptr; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 397 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | // The most dominating leader after our current leader, because the member set |
| 399 | // is not sorted and is expensive to keep sorted all the time. |
| 400 | std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> NextLeader = {nullptr, ~0U}; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 401 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | // If this is represented by a store, the value of the store. |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | Value *RepStoredValue = nullptr; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 404 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | // If this class contains MemoryDefs or MemoryPhis, this is the leading memory |
| 406 | // access. |
| 407 | const MemoryAccess *RepMemoryAccess = nullptr; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 408 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | // Defining Expression. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | const Expression *DefiningExpr = nullptr; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 411 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | // Actual members of this class. |
| 413 | MemberSet Members; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 414 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | // This is the set of MemoryPhis that exist in the class. MemoryDefs and |
| 416 | // MemoryUses have real instructions representing them, so we only need to |
| 417 | // track MemoryPhis here. |
| 418 | MemoryMemberSet MemoryMembers; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 419 | |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | // Number of stores in this congruence class. |
| 421 | // This is used so we can detect store equivalence changes properly. |
Davide Italiano | eac05f6 | 2017-01-11 23:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | int StoreCount = 0; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 424 | |
| 425 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | |
| 427 | namespace llvm { |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 428 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | struct ExactEqualsExpression { |
| 430 | const Expression &E; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 431 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | explicit ExactEqualsExpression(const Expression &E) : E(E) {} |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 433 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | hash_code getComputedHash() const { return E.getComputedHash(); } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 435 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | bool operator==(const Expression &Other) const { |
| 437 | return E.exactlyEquals(Other); |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | }; |
| 440 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<const Expression *> { |
| 442 | static const Expression *getEmptyKey() { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | auto Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1); |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<const Expression *>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
| 445 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expression *>(Val); |
| 446 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 447 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | static const Expression *getTombstoneKey() { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | auto Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(~1U); |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<const Expression *>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
| 451 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expression *>(Val); |
| 452 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 453 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Expression *E) { |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | return E->getComputedHash(); |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 457 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | static unsigned getHashValue(const ExactEqualsExpression &E) { |
| 459 | return E.getComputedHash(); |
| 460 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 461 | |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | static bool isEqual(const ExactEqualsExpression &LHS, const Expression *RHS) { |
| 463 | if (RHS == getTombstoneKey() || RHS == getEmptyKey()) |
| 464 | return false; |
| 465 | return LHS == *RHS; |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | static bool isEqual(const Expression *LHS, const Expression *RHS) { |
| 469 | if (LHS == RHS) |
| 470 | return true; |
| 471 | if (LHS == getTombstoneKey() || RHS == getTombstoneKey() || |
| 472 | LHS == getEmptyKey() || RHS == getEmptyKey()) |
| 473 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | // Compare hashes before equality. This is *not* what the hashtable does, |
| 475 | // since it is computing it modulo the number of buckets, whereas we are |
| 476 | // using the full hash keyspace. Since the hashes are precomputed, this |
| 477 | // check is *much* faster than equality. |
| 478 | if (LHS->getComputedHash() != RHS->getComputedHash()) |
| 479 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | return *LHS == *RHS; |
| 481 | } |
| 482 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 483 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | } // end namespace llvm |
| 485 | |
Benjamin Kramer | efcf06f | 2017-02-11 11:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 487 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | class NewGVN { |
| 489 | Function &F; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | DominatorTree *DT; |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | AliasAnalysis *AA; |
| 493 | MemorySSA *MSSA; |
| 494 | MemorySSAWalker *MSSAWalker; |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | const DataLayout &DL; |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | std::unique_ptr<PredicateInfo> PredInfo; |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | |
| 498 | // These are the only two things the create* functions should have |
| 499 | // side-effects on due to allocating memory. |
| 500 | mutable BumpPtrAllocator ExpressionAllocator; |
| 501 | mutable ArrayRecycler<Value *> ArgRecycler; |
| 502 | mutable TarjanSCC SCCFinder; |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | const SimplifyQuery SQ; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | // Number of function arguments, used by ranking |
| 506 | unsigned int NumFuncArgs; |
| 507 | |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | // RPOOrdering of basic blocks |
| 509 | DenseMap<const DomTreeNode *, unsigned> RPOOrdering; |
| 510 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | // Congruence class info. |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | |
| 513 | // This class is called INITIAL in the paper. It is the class everything |
| 514 | // startsout in, and represents any value. Being an optimistic analysis, |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | // anything in the TOP class has the value TOP, which is indeterminate and |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | // equivalent to everything. |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | CongruenceClass *TOPClass; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | std::vector<CongruenceClass *> CongruenceClasses; |
| 519 | unsigned NextCongruenceNum; |
| 520 | |
| 521 | // Value Mappings. |
| 522 | DenseMap<Value *, CongruenceClass *> ValueToClass; |
| 523 | DenseMap<Value *, const Expression *> ValueToExpression; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 524 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | // Value PHI handling, used to make equivalence between phi(op, op) and |
| 526 | // op(phi, phi). |
| 527 | // These mappings just store various data that would normally be part of the |
| 528 | // IR. |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 8> PHINodeUses; |
| 530 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | DenseMap<const Value *, bool> OpSafeForPHIOfOps; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 532 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | // Map a temporary instruction we created to a parent block. |
| 534 | DenseMap<const Value *, BasicBlock *> TempToBlock; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 535 | |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | // Map between the already in-program instructions and the temporary phis we |
| 537 | // created that they are known equivalent to. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | DenseMap<const Value *, PHINode *> RealToTemp; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 539 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | // In order to know when we should re-process instructions that have |
| 541 | // phi-of-ops, we track the set of expressions that they needed as |
| 542 | // leaders. When we discover new leaders for those expressions, we process the |
| 543 | // associated phi-of-op instructions again in case they have changed. The |
| 544 | // other way they may change is if they had leaders, and those leaders |
| 545 | // disappear. However, at the point they have leaders, there are uses of the |
| 546 | // relevant operands in the created phi node, and so they will get reprocessed |
| 547 | // through the normal user marking we perform. |
| 548 | mutable DenseMap<const Value *, SmallPtrSet<Value *, 2>> AdditionalUsers; |
| 549 | DenseMap<const Expression *, SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>> |
| 550 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 551 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | // Map from temporary operation to MemoryAccess. |
| 553 | DenseMap<const Instruction *, MemoryUseOrDef *> TempToMemory; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 554 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | // Set of all temporary instructions we created. |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | // Note: This will include instructions that were just created during value |
| 557 | // numbering. The way to test if something is using them is to check |
| 558 | // RealToTemp. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | DenseSet<Instruction *> AllTempInstructions; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | // This is the set of instructions to revisit on a reachability change. At |
| 562 | // the end of the main iteration loop it will contain at least all the phi of |
| 563 | // ops instructions that will be changed to phis, as well as regular phis. |
| 564 | // During the iteration loop, it may contain other things, such as phi of ops |
| 565 | // instructions that used edge reachability to reach a result, and so need to |
| 566 | // be revisited when the edge changes, independent of whether the phi they |
| 567 | // depended on changes. |
| 568 | DenseMap<BasicBlock *, SparseBitVector<>> RevisitOnReachabilityChange; |
| 569 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | // Mapping from predicate info we used to the instructions we used it with. |
| 571 | // In order to correctly ensure propagation, we must keep track of what |
| 572 | // comparisons we used, so that when the values of the comparisons change, we |
| 573 | // propagate the information to the places we used the comparison. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | mutable DenseMap<const Value *, SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>> |
| 575 | PredicateToUsers; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 576 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | // the same reasoning as PredicateToUsers. When we skip MemoryAccesses for |
| 578 | // stores, we no longer can rely solely on the def-use chains of MemorySSA. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | mutable DenseMap<const MemoryAccess *, SmallPtrSet<MemoryAccess *, 2>> |
| 580 | MemoryToUsers; |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | // A table storing which memorydefs/phis represent a memory state provably |
| 583 | // equivalent to another memory state. |
| 584 | // We could use the congruence class machinery, but the MemoryAccess's are |
| 585 | // abstract memory states, so they can only ever be equivalent to each other, |
| 586 | // and not to constants, etc. |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | DenseMap<const MemoryAccess *, CongruenceClass *> MemoryAccessToClass; |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | // We could, if we wanted, build MemoryPhiExpressions and |
| 590 | // MemoryVariableExpressions, etc, and value number them the same way we value |
| 591 | // number phi expressions. For the moment, this seems like overkill. They |
| 592 | // can only exist in one of three states: they can be TOP (equal to |
| 593 | // everything), Equivalent to something else, or unique. Because we do not |
| 594 | // create expressions for them, we need to simulate leader change not just |
| 595 | // when they change class, but when they change state. Note: We can do the |
| 596 | // same thing for phis, and avoid having phi expressions if we wanted, We |
| 597 | // should eventually unify in one direction or the other, so this is a little |
| 598 | // bit of an experiment in which turns out easier to maintain. |
| 599 | enum MemoryPhiState { MPS_Invalid, MPS_TOP, MPS_Equivalent, MPS_Unique }; |
| 600 | DenseMap<const MemoryPhi *, MemoryPhiState> MemoryPhiState; |
| 601 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | enum InstCycleState { ICS_Unknown, ICS_CycleFree, ICS_Cycle }; |
| 603 | mutable DenseMap<const Instruction *, InstCycleState> InstCycleState; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 604 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | // Expression to class mapping. |
Piotr Padlewski | e4047b8 | 2016-12-28 19:29:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | using ExpressionClassMap = DenseMap<const Expression *, CongruenceClass *>; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | ExpressionClassMap ExpressionToClass; |
| 608 | |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | // We have a single expression that represents currently DeadExpressions. |
| 610 | // For dead expressions we can prove will stay dead, we mark them with |
| 611 | // DFS number zero. However, it's possible in the case of phi nodes |
| 612 | // for us to assume/prove all arguments are dead during fixpointing. |
| 613 | // We use DeadExpression for that case. |
| 614 | DeadExpression *SingletonDeadExpression = nullptr; |
| 615 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | // Which values have changed as a result of leader changes. |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> LeaderChanges; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | |
| 619 | // Reachability info. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | using BlockEdge = BasicBlockEdge; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | DenseSet<BlockEdge> ReachableEdges; |
| 622 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 8> ReachableBlocks; |
| 623 | |
| 624 | // This is a bitvector because, on larger functions, we may have |
| 625 | // thousands of touched instructions at once (entire blocks, |
| 626 | // instructions with hundreds of uses, etc). Even with optimization |
| 627 | // for when we mark whole blocks as touched, when this was a |
| 628 | // SmallPtrSet or DenseSet, for some functions, we spent >20% of all |
| 629 | // the time in GVN just managing this list. The bitvector, on the |
| 630 | // other hand, efficiently supports test/set/clear of both |
| 631 | // individual and ranges, as well as "find next element" This |
| 632 | // enables us to use it as a worklist with essentially 0 cost. |
| 633 | BitVector TouchedInstructions; |
| 634 | |
| 635 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>> BlockInstRange; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | |
| 637 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 638 | // Debugging for how many times each block and instruction got processed. |
| 639 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> ProcessedCount; |
| 640 | #endif |
| 641 | |
| 642 | // DFS info. |
Davide Italiano | 71f2d9c | 2017-01-20 23:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | // This contains a mapping from Instructions to DFS numbers. |
| 644 | // The numbering starts at 1. An instruction with DFS number zero |
| 645 | // means that the instruction is dead. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> InstrDFS; |
Davide Italiano | 71f2d9c | 2017-01-20 23:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | |
| 648 | // This contains the mapping DFS numbers to instructions. |
Daniel Berlin | 1f31fe52 | 2016-12-27 09:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | SmallVector<Value *, 32> DFSToInstr; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | |
| 651 | // Deletion info. |
| 652 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> InstructionsToErase; |
| 653 | |
| 654 | public: |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | NewGVN(Function &F, DominatorTree *DT, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 656 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, AliasAnalysis *AA, MemorySSA *MSSA, |
| 657 | const DataLayout &DL) |
Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | : F(F), DT(DT), TLI(TLI), AA(AA), MSSA(MSSA), DL(DL), |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | PredInfo(make_unique<PredicateInfo>(F, *DT, *AC)), SQ(DL, TLI, DT, AC) { |
| 660 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 661 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | bool runGVN(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | |
| 664 | private: |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | // Expression handling. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | const Expression *createExpression(Instruction *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | const Expression *createBinaryExpression(unsigned, Type *, Value *, Value *, |
| 668 | Instruction *) const; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 669 | |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | // Our canonical form for phi arguments is a pair of incoming value, incoming |
| 671 | // basic block. |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 672 | using ValPair = std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *>; |
| 673 | |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | PHIExpression *createPHIExpression(ArrayRef<ValPair>, const Instruction *, |
| 675 | BasicBlock *, bool &HasBackEdge, |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | bool &OriginalOpsConstant) const; |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | const DeadExpression *createDeadExpression() const; |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | const VariableExpression *createVariableExpression(Value *) const; |
| 679 | const ConstantExpression *createConstantExpression(Constant *) const; |
| 680 | const Expression *createVariableOrConstant(Value *V) const; |
| 681 | const UnknownExpression *createUnknownExpression(Instruction *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | const StoreExpression *createStoreExpression(StoreInst *, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | const MemoryAccess *) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | LoadExpression *createLoadExpression(Type *, Value *, LoadInst *, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | const MemoryAccess *) const; |
| 686 | const CallExpression *createCallExpression(CallInst *, |
| 687 | const MemoryAccess *) const; |
| 688 | const AggregateValueExpression * |
| 689 | createAggregateValueExpression(Instruction *) const; |
| 690 | bool setBasicExpressionInfo(Instruction *, BasicExpression *) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | |
| 692 | // Congruence class handling. |
| 693 | CongruenceClass *createCongruenceClass(Value *Leader, const Expression *E) { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | auto *result = new CongruenceClass(NextCongruenceNum++, Leader, E); |
Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | CongruenceClasses.emplace_back(result); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | return result; |
| 697 | } |
| 698 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | CongruenceClass *createMemoryClass(MemoryAccess *MA) { |
| 700 | auto *CC = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | CC->setMemoryLeader(MA); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | return CC; |
| 703 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 704 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | CongruenceClass *ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MemoryAccess *MA) { |
| 706 | auto *CC = getMemoryClass(MA); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | if (CC->getMemoryLeader() != MA) |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | CC = createMemoryClass(MA); |
| 709 | return CC; |
| 710 | } |
| 711 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | CongruenceClass *createSingletonCongruenceClass(Value *Member) { |
Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | CongruenceClass *CClass = createCongruenceClass(Member, nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | CClass->insert(Member); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | ValueToClass[Member] = CClass; |
| 716 | return CClass; |
| 717 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 718 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | void initializeCongruenceClasses(Function &F); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | const Expression *makePossiblePHIOfOps(Instruction *, |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | Value *findLeaderForInst(Instruction *ValueOp, |
| 723 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited, |
| 724 | MemoryAccess *MemAccess, Instruction *OrigInst, |
| 725 | BasicBlock *PredBB); |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | bool OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, |
| 727 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited, |
| 728 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist); |
| 729 | bool OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Value *Op, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | void addPhiOfOps(PHINode *Op, BasicBlock *BB, Instruction *ExistingValue); |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | void removePhiOfOps(Instruction *I, PHINode *PHITemp); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | // Value number an Instruction or MemoryPhi. |
| 735 | void valueNumberMemoryPhi(MemoryPhi *); |
| 736 | void valueNumberInstruction(Instruction *); |
| 737 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | // Symbolic evaluation. |
| 739 | const Expression *checkSimplificationResults(Expression *, Instruction *, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | Value *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | const Expression *performSymbolicEvaluation(Value *, |
| 742 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | const Expression *performSymbolicLoadCoercion(Type *, Value *, LoadInst *, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | Instruction *, |
| 745 | MemoryAccess *) const; |
| 746 | const Expression *performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
| 747 | const Expression *performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
| 748 | const Expression *performSymbolicCallEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | void sortPHIOps(MutableArrayRef<ValPair> Ops) const; |
| 750 | const Expression *performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(ArrayRef<ValPair>, |
| 751 | Instruction *I, |
| 752 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | const Expression *performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
| 754 | const Expression *performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
| 755 | const Expression *performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(Instruction *) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | |
| 757 | // Congruence finding. |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | bool someEquivalentDominates(const Instruction *, const Instruction *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | Value *lookupOperandLeader(Value *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | CongruenceClass *getClassForExpression(const Expression *E) const; |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | void performCongruenceFinding(Instruction *, const Expression *); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | void moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *, const Expression *, |
| 763 | CongruenceClass *, CongruenceClass *); |
| 764 | void moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *, MemoryAccess *, |
| 765 | CongruenceClass *, CongruenceClass *); |
| 766 | Value *getNextValueLeader(CongruenceClass *) const; |
| 767 | const MemoryAccess *getNextMemoryLeader(CongruenceClass *) const; |
| 768 | bool setMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *From, CongruenceClass *To); |
| 769 | CongruenceClass *getMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *MA) const; |
| 770 | const MemoryAccess *lookupMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | bool isMemoryAccessTOP(const MemoryAccess *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | // Ranking |
| 774 | unsigned int getRank(const Value *) const; |
| 775 | bool shouldSwapOperands(const Value *, const Value *) const; |
| 776 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | // Reachability handling. |
| 778 | void updateReachableEdge(BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *); |
| 779 | void processOutgoingEdges(TerminatorInst *, BasicBlock *); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | Value *findConditionEquivalence(Value *) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | |
| 782 | // Elimination. |
| 783 | struct ValueDFS; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | void convertClassToDFSOrdered(const CongruenceClass &, |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &, |
| 786 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> &, |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &) const; |
| 788 | void convertClassToLoadsAndStores(const CongruenceClass &, |
| 789 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | |
| 791 | bool eliminateInstructions(Function &); |
| 792 | void replaceInstruction(Instruction *, Value *); |
| 793 | void markInstructionForDeletion(Instruction *); |
| 794 | void deleteInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *); |
Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | Value *findPHIOfOpsLeader(const Expression *, const Instruction *, |
| 796 | const BasicBlock *) const; |
| 797 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | // New instruction creation. |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 799 | void handleNewInstruction(Instruction *) {} |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
| 801 | // Various instruction touch utilities |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType, typename Func> |
| 803 | void for_each_found(Map &, const KeyType &, Func); |
| 804 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType> |
| 805 | void touchAndErase(Map &, const KeyType &); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | void markUsersTouched(Value *); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | void markMemoryUsersTouched(const MemoryAccess *); |
| 808 | void markMemoryDefTouched(const MemoryAccess *); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | void markPredicateUsersTouched(Instruction *); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | void markValueLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC); |
| 811 | void markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC); |
Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | void markPhiOfOpsChanged(const Expression *E); |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | void addPredicateUsers(const PredicateBase *, Instruction *) const; |
| 814 | void addMemoryUsers(const MemoryAccess *To, MemoryAccess *U) const; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | void addAdditionalUsers(Value *To, Value *User) const; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | // Main loop of value numbering |
| 818 | void iterateTouchedInstructions(); |
| 819 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | // Utilities. |
| 821 | void cleanupTables(); |
| 822 | std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> assignDFSNumbers(BasicBlock *, unsigned); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | void updateProcessedCount(const Value *V); |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | void verifyMemoryCongruency() const; |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | void verifyIterationSettled(Function &F); |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | void verifyStoreExpressions() const; |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | bool singleReachablePHIPath(SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> &, |
| 828 | const MemoryAccess *, const MemoryAccess *) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | BasicBlock *getBlockForValue(Value *V) const; |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | void deleteExpression(const Expression *E) const; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | MemoryUseOrDef *getMemoryAccess(const Instruction *) const; |
| 832 | MemoryAccess *getDefiningAccess(const MemoryAccess *) const; |
| 833 | MemoryPhi *getMemoryAccess(const BasicBlock *) const; |
| 834 | template <class T, class Range> T *getMinDFSOfRange(const Range &) const; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 835 | |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | unsigned InstrToDFSNum(const Value *V) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | assert(isa<Instruction>(V) && "This should not be used for MemoryAccesses"); |
| 838 | return InstrDFS.lookup(V); |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | unsigned InstrToDFSNum(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
| 842 | return MemoryToDFSNum(MA); |
| 843 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 844 | |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | Value *InstrFromDFSNum(unsigned DFSNum) { return DFSToInstr[DFSNum]; } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 846 | |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | // Given a MemoryAccess, return the relevant instruction DFS number. Note: |
| 848 | // This deliberately takes a value so it can be used with Use's, which will |
| 849 | // auto-convert to Value's but not to MemoryAccess's. |
| 850 | unsigned MemoryToDFSNum(const Value *MA) const { |
| 851 | assert(isa<MemoryAccess>(MA) && |
| 852 | "This should not be used with instructions"); |
| 853 | return isa<MemoryUseOrDef>(MA) |
| 854 | ? InstrToDFSNum(cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(MA)->getMemoryInst()) |
| 855 | : InstrDFS.lookup(MA); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 857 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | bool isCycleFree(const Instruction *) const; |
| 859 | bool isBackedge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) const; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 860 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | // Debug counter info. When verifying, we have to reset the value numbering |
| 862 | // debug counter to the same state it started in to get the same results. |
| 863 | std::pair<int, int> StartingVNCounter; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 865 | |
Benjamin Kramer | efcf06f | 2017-02-11 11:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | |
Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | template <typename T> |
| 869 | static bool equalsLoadStoreHelper(const T &LHS, const Expression &RHS) { |
Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | if (!isa<LoadExpression>(RHS) && !isa<StoreExpression>(RHS)) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | return LHS.MemoryExpression::equals(RHS); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | } |
| 874 | |
Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | bool LoadExpression::equals(const Expression &Other) const { |
| 876 | return equalsLoadStoreHelper(*this, Other); |
| 877 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | |
Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | bool StoreExpression::equals(const Expression &Other) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | if (!equalsLoadStoreHelper(*this, Other)) |
| 881 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | // Make sure that store vs store includes the value operand. |
Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(&Other)) |
| 884 | if (getStoredValue() != S->getStoredValue()) |
| 885 | return false; |
| 886 | return true; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | } |
| 888 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | // Determine if the edge From->To is a backedge |
| 890 | bool NewGVN::isBackedge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) const { |
Davide Italiano | c2f73b7 | 2017-08-02 04:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | return From == To || |
| 892 | RPOOrdering.lookup(DT->getNode(From)) >= |
| 893 | RPOOrdering.lookup(DT->getNode(To)); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | } |
| 895 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 897 | static std::string getBlockName(const BasicBlock *B) { |
Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | return DOTGraphTraits<const Function *>::getSimpleNodeLabel(B, nullptr); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | } |
| 900 | #endif |
| 901 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | // Get a MemoryAccess for an instruction, fake or real. |
| 903 | MemoryUseOrDef *NewGVN::getMemoryAccess(const Instruction *I) const { |
| 904 | auto *Result = MSSA->getMemoryAccess(I); |
| 905 | return Result ? Result : TempToMemory.lookup(I); |
| 906 | } |
| 907 | |
| 908 | // Get a MemoryPhi for a basic block. These are all real. |
| 909 | MemoryPhi *NewGVN::getMemoryAccess(const BasicBlock *BB) const { |
| 910 | return MSSA->getMemoryAccess(BB); |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | // Get the basic block from an instruction/memory value. |
| 914 | BasicBlock *NewGVN::getBlockForValue(Value *V) const { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
| 916 | auto *Parent = I->getParent(); |
| 917 | if (Parent) |
| 918 | return Parent; |
| 919 | Parent = TempToBlock.lookup(V); |
| 920 | assert(Parent && "Every fake instruction should have a block"); |
| 921 | return Parent; |
| 922 | } |
| 923 | |
| 924 | auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(V); |
| 925 | assert(MP && "Should have been an instruction or a MemoryPhi"); |
| 926 | return MP->getBlock(); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | } |
| 928 | |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | // Delete a definitely dead expression, so it can be reused by the expression |
| 930 | // allocator. Some of these are not in creation functions, so we have to accept |
| 931 | // const versions. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | void NewGVN::deleteExpression(const Expression *E) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | assert(isa<BasicExpression>(E)); |
| 934 | auto *BE = cast<BasicExpression>(E); |
| 935 | const_cast<BasicExpression *>(BE)->deallocateOperands(ArgRecycler); |
| 936 | ExpressionAllocator.Deallocate(E); |
| 937 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | // If V is a predicateinfo copy, get the thing it is a copy of. |
| 940 | static Value *getCopyOf(const Value *V) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V)) |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy) |
| 943 | return II->getOperand(0); |
| 944 | return nullptr; |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | |
| 947 | // Return true if V is really PN, even accounting for predicateinfo copies. |
| 948 | static bool isCopyOfPHI(const Value *V, const PHINode *PN) { |
| 949 | return V == PN || getCopyOf(V) == PN; |
| 950 | } |
| 951 | |
| 952 | static bool isCopyOfAPHI(const Value *V) { |
| 953 | auto *CO = getCopyOf(V); |
| 954 | return CO && isa<PHINode>(CO); |
Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | } |
| 956 | |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | // Sort PHI Operands into a canonical order. What we use here is an RPO |
| 958 | // order. The BlockInstRange numbers are generated in an RPO walk of the basic |
| 959 | // blocks. |
| 960 | void NewGVN::sortPHIOps(MutableArrayRef<ValPair> Ops) const { |
| 961 | std::sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), [&](const ValPair &P1, const ValPair &P2) { |
| 962 | return BlockInstRange.lookup(P1.second).first < |
| 963 | BlockInstRange.lookup(P2.second).first; |
| 964 | }); |
| 965 | } |
| 966 | |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | // Return true if V is a value that will always be available (IE can |
| 968 | // be placed anywhere) in the function. We don't do globals here |
| 969 | // because they are often worse to put in place. |
| 970 | static bool alwaysAvailable(Value *V) { |
| 971 | return isa<Constant>(V) || isa<Argument>(V); |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | // Create a PHIExpression from an array of {incoming edge, value} pairs. I is |
| 975 | // the original instruction we are creating a PHIExpression for (but may not be |
| 976 | // a phi node). We require, as an invariant, that all the PHIOperands in the |
| 977 | // same block are sorted the same way. sortPHIOps will sort them into a |
| 978 | // canonical order. |
| 979 | PHIExpression *NewGVN::createPHIExpression(ArrayRef<ValPair> PHIOperands, |
| 980 | const Instruction *I, |
| 981 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock, |
| 982 | bool &HasBackedge, |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | bool &OriginalOpsConstant) const { |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | unsigned NumOps = PHIOperands.size(); |
| 985 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) PHIExpression(NumOps, PHIBlock); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | |
| 987 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | E->setType(PHIOperands.begin()->first->getType()); |
| 989 | E->setOpcode(Instruction::PHI); |
Davide Italiano | d6bb8ca | 2017-05-09 16:58:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | |
Davide Italiano | b3886dd | 2017-01-25 23:37:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | // Filter out unreachable phi operands. |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(PHIOperands, [&](const ValPair &P) { |
| 993 | auto *BB = P.second; |
| 994 | if (auto *PHIOp = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) |
| 995 | if (isCopyOfPHI(P.first, PHIOp)) |
| 996 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | if (!ReachableEdges.count({BB, PHIBlock})) |
Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | return false; |
| 999 | // Things in TOPClass are equivalent to everything. |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | if (ValueToClass.lookup(P.first) == TOPClass) |
Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | OriginalOpsConstant = OriginalOpsConstant && isa<Constant>(P.first); |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | HasBackedge = HasBackedge || isBackedge(BB, PHIBlock); |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | return lookupOperandLeader(P.first) != I; |
Davide Italiano | b3886dd | 2017-01-25 23:37:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | }); |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | std::transform(Filtered.begin(), Filtered.end(), op_inserter(E), |
| 1007 | [&](const ValPair &P) -> Value * { |
| 1008 | return lookupOperandLeader(P.first); |
| 1009 | }); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | return E; |
| 1011 | } |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | // Set basic expression info (Arguments, type, opcode) for Expression |
| 1014 | // E from Instruction I in block B. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | bool NewGVN::setBasicExpressionInfo(Instruction *I, BasicExpression *E) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | bool AllConstant = true; |
| 1017 | if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) |
| 1018 | E->setType(GEP->getSourceElementType()); |
| 1019 | else |
| 1020 | E->setType(I->getType()); |
| 1021 | E->setOpcode(I->getOpcode()); |
| 1022 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); |
| 1023 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | // Transform the operand array into an operand leader array, and keep track of |
| 1025 | // whether all members are constant. |
| 1026 | std::transform(I->op_begin(), I->op_end(), op_inserter(E), [&](Value *O) { |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | auto Operand = lookupOperandLeader(O); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | AllConstant = AllConstant && isa<Constant>(Operand); |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | return Operand; |
| 1030 | }); |
| 1031 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | return AllConstant; |
| 1033 | } |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | const Expression *NewGVN::createBinaryExpression(unsigned Opcode, Type *T, |
Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | Value *Arg1, Value *Arg2, |
| 1037 | Instruction *I) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) BasicExpression(2); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | |
| 1040 | E->setType(T); |
| 1041 | E->setOpcode(Opcode); |
| 1042 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); |
| 1043 | if (Instruction::isCommutative(Opcode)) { |
| 1044 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation |
| 1045 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value |
| 1046 | // numbers. Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more |
| 1047 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | if (shouldSwapOperands(Arg1, Arg2)) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | std::swap(Arg1, Arg2); |
| 1050 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(Arg1)); |
| 1052 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(Arg2)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | Value *V = SimplifyBinOp(Opcode, E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); |
Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1057 | return E; |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | // Take a Value returned by simplification of Expression E/Instruction |
| 1061 | // I, and see if it resulted in a simpler expression. If so, return |
| 1062 | // that expression. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | const Expression *NewGVN::checkSimplificationResults(Expression *E, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | Instruction *I, |
| 1065 | Value *V) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | if (!V) |
| 1067 | return nullptr; |
| 1068 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 1069 | if (I) |
| 1070 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " |
| 1071 | << " constant " << *C << "\n"); |
| 1072 | NumGVNOpsSimplified++; |
| 1073 | assert(isa<BasicExpression>(E) && |
| 1074 | "We should always have had a basic expression here"); |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | deleteExpression(E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | return createConstantExpression(C); |
| 1077 | } else if (isa<Argument>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) { |
| 1078 | if (I) |
| 1079 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " |
| 1080 | << " variable " << *V << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | deleteExpression(E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | return createVariableExpression(V); |
| 1083 | } |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | CongruenceClass *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(V); |
Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | if (CC) { |
| 1087 | if (CC->getLeader() && CC->getLeader() != I) { |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. |
| 1089 | if (!AllTempInstructions.count(I)) |
| 1090 | addAdditionalUsers(V, I); |
Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | return createVariableOrConstant(CC->getLeader()); |
Daniel Berlin | c8ed404 | 2017-05-30 06:42:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | if (CC->getDefiningExpr()) { |
| 1094 | // If we simplified to something else, we need to communicate |
| 1095 | // that we're users of the value we simplified to. |
| 1096 | if (I != V) { |
| 1097 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. |
| 1098 | if (!AllTempInstructions.count(I)) |
| 1099 | addAdditionalUsers(V, I); |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | if (I) |
| 1103 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " |
| 1104 | << " expression " << *CC->getDefiningExpr() << "\n"); |
| 1105 | NumGVNOpsSimplified++; |
| 1106 | deleteExpression(E); |
| 1107 | return CC->getDefiningExpr(); |
| 1108 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | return nullptr; |
| 1112 | } |
| 1113 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | // Create a value expression from the instruction I, replacing operands with |
| 1115 | // their leaders. |
| 1116 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | const Expression *NewGVN::createExpression(Instruction *I) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) BasicExpression(I->getNumOperands()); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | bool AllConstant = setBasicExpressionInfo(I, E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | |
| 1122 | if (I->isCommutative()) { |
| 1123 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation |
| 1124 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value |
| 1125 | // numbers. Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more |
| 1126 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. |
| 1127 | assert(I->getNumOperands() == 2 && "Unsupported commutative instruction!"); |
Daniel Berlin | 508a1de | 2017-02-12 23:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | if (shouldSwapOperands(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1))) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | E->swapOperands(0, 1); |
| 1130 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | // Perform simplification. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { |
| 1133 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value |
| 1134 | // number. |
| 1135 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = CI->getPredicate(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | if (shouldSwapOperands(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1))) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | E->swapOperands(0, 1); |
| 1138 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | E->setOpcode((CI->getOpcode() << 8) | Predicate); |
| 1141 | // TODO: 25% of our time is spent in SimplifyCmpInst with pointer operands |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | assert(I->getOperand(0)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType() && |
| 1143 | "Wrong types on cmp instruction"); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | assert((E->getOperand(0)->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType() && |
| 1145 | E->getOperand(1)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType())); |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | Value *V = |
| 1147 | SimplifyCmpInst(Predicate, E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); |
Daniel Berlin | ff12c92 | 2017-01-31 22:32:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1149 | return SimplifiedE; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | } else if (isa<SelectInst>(I)) { |
| 1151 | if (isa<Constant>(E->getOperand(0)) || |
Daniel Berlin | f948603 | 2017-08-24 02:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | E->getOperand(1) == E->getOperand(2)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | assert(E->getOperand(1)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType() && |
| 1154 | E->getOperand(2)->getType() == I->getOperand(2)->getType()); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | Value *V = SimplifySelectInst(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | E->getOperand(2), SQ); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1158 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | } else if (I->isBinaryOp()) { |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | Value *V = |
| 1162 | SimplifyBinOp(E->getOpcode(), E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1164 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1165 | } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(I)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | Value *V = |
| 1167 | SimplifyCastInst(BI->getOpcode(), BI->getOperand(0), BI->getType(), SQ); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1169 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1170 | } else if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { |
Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst( |
| 1172 | E->getType(), ArrayRef<Value *>(E->op_begin(), E->op_end()), SQ); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1174 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1175 | } else if (AllConstant) { |
| 1176 | // We don't bother trying to simplify unless all of the operands |
| 1177 | // were constant. |
| 1178 | // TODO: There are a lot of Simplify*'s we could call here, if we |
| 1179 | // wanted to. The original motivating case for this code was a |
| 1180 | // zext i1 false to i8, which we don't have an interface to |
| 1181 | // simplify (IE there is no SimplifyZExt). |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | SmallVector<Constant *, 8> C; |
| 1184 | for (Value *Arg : E->operands()) |
Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | C.emplace_back(cast<Constant>(Arg)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | if (Value *V = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, C, DL, TLI)) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) |
| 1189 | return SimplifiedE; |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | return E; |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | const AggregateValueExpression * |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | NewGVN::createAggregateValueExpression(Instruction *I) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(I)) { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | AggregateValueExpression(I->getNumOperands(), II->getNumIndices()); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | setBasicExpressionInfo(I, E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | E->allocateIntOperands(ExpressionAllocator); |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | std::copy(II->idx_begin(), II->idx_end(), int_op_inserter(E)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | return E; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | } else if (auto *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)) { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | AggregateValueExpression(I->getNumOperands(), EI->getNumIndices()); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | setBasicExpressionInfo(EI, E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | E->allocateIntOperands(ExpressionAllocator); |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | std::copy(EI->idx_begin(), EI->idx_end(), int_op_inserter(E)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | return E; |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled type of aggregate value operation"); |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | const DeadExpression *NewGVN::createDeadExpression() const { |
| 1215 | // DeadExpression has no arguments and all DeadExpression's are the same, |
| 1216 | // so we only need one of them. |
| 1217 | return SingletonDeadExpression; |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | const VariableExpression *NewGVN::createVariableExpression(Value *V) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) VariableExpression(V); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | E->setOpcode(V->getValueID()); |
| 1223 | return E; |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | const Expression *NewGVN::createVariableOrConstant(Value *V) const { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
| 1228 | return createConstantExpression(C); |
| 1229 | return createVariableExpression(V); |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | const ConstantExpression *NewGVN::createConstantExpression(Constant *C) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) ConstantExpression(C); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | E->setOpcode(C->getValueID()); |
| 1235 | return E; |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | const UnknownExpression *NewGVN::createUnknownExpression(Instruction *I) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) UnknownExpression(I); |
| 1240 | E->setOpcode(I->getOpcode()); |
| 1241 | return E; |
| 1242 | } |
| 1243 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | const CallExpression * |
| 1245 | NewGVN::createCallExpression(CallInst *CI, const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | // FIXME: Add operand bundles for calls. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | auto *E = |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | new (ExpressionAllocator) CallExpression(CI->getNumOperands(), CI, MA); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | setBasicExpressionInfo(CI, E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | return E; |
| 1251 | } |
| 1252 | |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | // Return true if some equivalent of instruction Inst dominates instruction U. |
| 1254 | bool NewGVN::someEquivalentDominates(const Instruction *Inst, |
| 1255 | const Instruction *U) const { |
| 1256 | auto *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(Inst); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | // This must be an instruction because we are only called from phi nodes |
Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | // in the case that the value it needs to check against is an instruction. |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | // The most likely candiates for dominance are the leader and the next leader. |
| 1261 | // The leader or nextleader will dominate in all cases where there is an |
| 1262 | // equivalent that is higher up in the dom tree. |
| 1263 | // We can't *only* check them, however, because the |
| 1264 | // dominator tree could have an infinite number of non-dominating siblings |
| 1265 | // with instructions that are in the right congruence class. |
| 1266 | // A |
| 1267 | // B C D E F G |
| 1268 | // | |
| 1269 | // H |
| 1270 | // Instruction U could be in H, with equivalents in every other sibling. |
| 1271 | // Depending on the rpo order picked, the leader could be the equivalent in |
| 1272 | // any of these siblings. |
| 1273 | if (!CC) |
| 1274 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | if (alwaysAvailable(CC->getLeader())) |
| 1276 | return true; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | if (DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CC->getLeader()), U)) |
Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | return true; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | if (CC->getNextLeader().first && |
| 1280 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CC->getNextLeader().first), U)) |
Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | return true; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | return llvm::any_of(*CC, [&](const Value *Member) { |
| 1283 | return Member != CC->getLeader() && |
Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(Member), U); |
| 1285 | }); |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | } |
| 1287 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | // See if we have a congruence class and leader for this operand, and if so, |
| 1289 | // return it. Otherwise, return the operand itself. |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | Value *NewGVN::lookupOperandLeader(Value *V) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | CongruenceClass *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(V); |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | if (CC) { |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | // Everything in TOP is represented by undef, as it can be any value. |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | // We do have to make sure we get the type right though, so we can't set the |
| 1295 | // RepLeader to undef. |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | if (CC == TOPClass) |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | return UndefValue::get(V->getType()); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | return CC->getStoredValue() ? CC->getStoredValue() : CC->getLeader(); |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | return V; |
| 1302 | } |
| 1303 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | const MemoryAccess *NewGVN::lookupMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
| 1305 | auto *CC = getMemoryClass(MA); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | assert(CC->getMemoryLeader() && |
Davide Italiano | b60f6e0 | 2017-05-12 15:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | "Every MemoryAccess should be mapped to a congruence class with a " |
| 1308 | "representative memory access"); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | return CC->getMemoryLeader(); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | } |
| 1311 | |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | // Return true if the MemoryAccess is really equivalent to everything. This is |
| 1313 | // equivalent to the lattice value "TOP" in most lattices. This is the initial |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | // state of all MemoryAccesses. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | bool NewGVN::isMemoryAccessTOP(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | return getMemoryClass(MA) == TOPClass; |
| 1317 | } |
| 1318 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | LoadExpression *NewGVN::createLoadExpression(Type *LoadType, Value *PointerOp, |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | LoadInst *LI, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | auto *E = |
| 1323 | new (ExpressionAllocator) LoadExpression(1, LI, lookupMemoryLeader(MA)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); |
| 1325 | E->setType(LoadType); |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | // Give store and loads same opcode so they value number together. |
| 1328 | E->setOpcode(0); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | E->op_push_back(PointerOp); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | if (LI) |
| 1331 | E->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment()); |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | // TODO: Value number heap versions. We may be able to discover |
| 1334 | // things alias analysis can't on it's own (IE that a store and a |
| 1335 | // load have the same value, and thus, it isn't clobbering the load). |
| 1336 | return E; |
| 1337 | } |
| 1338 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | const StoreExpression * |
| 1340 | NewGVN::createStoreExpression(StoreInst *SI, const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | auto *StoredValueLeader = lookupOperandLeader(SI->getValueOperand()); |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | StoreExpression(SI->getNumOperands(), SI, StoredValueLeader, MA); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); |
| 1345 | E->setType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType()); |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 | // Give store and loads same opcode so they value number together. |
| 1348 | E->setOpcode(0); |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(SI->getPointerOperand())); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | |
| 1351 | // TODO: Value number heap versions. We may be able to discover |
| 1352 | // things alias analysis can't on it's own (IE that a store and a |
| 1353 | // load have the same value, and thus, it isn't clobbering the load). |
| 1354 | return E; |
| 1355 | } |
| 1356 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | // Unlike loads, we never try to eliminate stores, so we do not check if they |
| 1359 | // are simple and avoid value numbering them. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | auto *SI = cast<StoreInst>(I); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | auto *StoreAccess = getMemoryAccess(SI); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | // Get the expression, if any, for the RHS of the MemoryDef. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | const MemoryAccess *StoreRHS = StoreAccess->getDefiningAccess(); |
| 1364 | if (EnableStoreRefinement) |
| 1365 | StoreRHS = MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(StoreAccess); |
| 1366 | // If we bypassed the use-def chains, make sure we add a use. |
Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | StoreRHS = lookupMemoryLeader(StoreRHS); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | if (StoreRHS != StoreAccess->getDefiningAccess()) |
| 1369 | addMemoryUsers(StoreRHS, StoreAccess); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | // If we are defined by ourselves, use the live on entry def. |
| 1371 | if (StoreRHS == StoreAccess) |
| 1372 | StoreRHS = MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef(); |
| 1373 | |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | if (SI->isSimple()) { |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | // See if we are defined by a previous store expression, it already has a |
| 1376 | // value, and it's the same value as our current store. FIXME: Right now, we |
| 1377 | // only do this for simple stores, we should expand to cover memcpys, etc. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | const auto *LastStore = createStoreExpression(SI, StoreRHS); |
| 1379 | const auto *LastCC = ExpressionToClass.lookup(LastStore); |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | // We really want to check whether the expression we matched was a store. No |
| 1381 | // easy way to do that. However, we can check that the class we found has a |
| 1382 | // store, which, assuming the value numbering state is not corrupt, is |
| 1383 | // sufficient, because we must also be equivalent to that store's expression |
| 1384 | // for it to be in the same class as the load. |
| 1385 | if (LastCC && LastCC->getStoredValue() == LastStore->getStoredValue()) |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | return LastStore; |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | // Also check if our value operand is defined by a load of the same memory |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | // location, and the memory state is the same as it was then (otherwise, it |
| 1389 | // could have been overwritten later. See test32 in |
| 1390 | // transforms/DeadStoreElimination/simple.ll). |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(LastStore->getStoredValue())) |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | if ((lookupOperandLeader(LI->getPointerOperand()) == |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | LastStore->getOperand(0)) && |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | (lookupMemoryLeader(getMemoryAccess(LI)->getDefiningAccess()) == |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | StoreRHS)) |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | return LastStore; |
| 1397 | deleteExpression(LastStore); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | |
| 1400 | // If the store is not equivalent to anything, value number it as a store that |
| 1401 | // produces a unique memory state (instead of using it's MemoryUse, we use |
| 1402 | // it's MemoryDef). |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | return createStoreExpression(SI, StoreAccess); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | } |
| 1405 | |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | // See if we can extract the value of a loaded pointer from a load, a store, or |
| 1407 | // a memory instruction. |
| 1408 | const Expression * |
| 1409 | NewGVN::performSymbolicLoadCoercion(Type *LoadType, Value *LoadPtr, |
| 1410 | LoadInst *LI, Instruction *DepInst, |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | assert((!LI || LI->isSimple()) && "Not a simple load"); |
| 1413 | if (auto *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) { |
| 1414 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. |
| 1415 | // Also don't need to coerce if they are the same type, we will just |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | // propagate. |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | if (LI->isAtomic() > DepSI->isAtomic() || |
| 1418 | LoadType == DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()) |
| 1419 | return nullptr; |
| 1420 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepSI, DL); |
| 1421 | if (Offset >= 0) { |
| 1422 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>( |
| 1423 | lookupOperandLeader(DepSI->getValueOperand()))) { |
| 1424 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from store " << *DepSI << " to constant " |
| 1425 | << *C << "\n"); |
| 1426 | return createConstantExpression( |
| 1427 | getConstantStoreValueForLoad(C, Offset, LoadType, DL)); |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | } |
Davide Italiano | 9bdccb3 | 2017-08-26 22:31:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | } else if (auto *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. |
| 1432 | if (LI->isAtomic() > DepLI->isAtomic()) |
| 1433 | return nullptr; |
| 1434 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepLI, DL); |
| 1435 | if (Offset >= 0) { |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | // We can coerce a constant load into a load. |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(lookupOperandLeader(DepLI))) |
| 1438 | if (auto *PossibleConstant = |
| 1439 | getConstantLoadValueForLoad(C, Offset, LoadType, DL)) { |
| 1440 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from load " << *LI << " to constant " |
| 1441 | << *PossibleConstant << "\n"); |
| 1442 | return createConstantExpression(PossibleConstant); |
| 1443 | } |
| 1444 | } |
Davide Italiano | 9bdccb3 | 2017-08-26 22:31:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | } else if (auto *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInst)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepMI, DL); |
| 1447 | if (Offset >= 0) { |
| 1448 | if (auto *PossibleConstant = |
| 1449 | getConstantMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, LoadType, DL)) { |
| 1450 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from meminst " << *DepMI |
| 1451 | << " to constant " << *PossibleConstant << "\n"); |
| 1452 | return createConstantExpression(PossibleConstant); |
| 1453 | } |
| 1454 | } |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | // All of the below are only true if the loaded pointer is produced |
| 1458 | // by the dependent instruction. |
| 1459 | if (LoadPtr != lookupOperandLeader(DepInst) && |
| 1460 | !AA->isMustAlias(LoadPtr, DepInst)) |
| 1461 | return nullptr; |
| 1462 | // If this load really doesn't depend on anything, then we must be loading an |
| 1463 | // undef value. This can happen when loading for a fresh allocation with no |
| 1464 | // intervening stores, for example. Note that this is only true in the case |
| 1465 | // that the result of the allocation is pointer equal to the load ptr. |
| 1466 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { |
| 1467 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LoadType)); |
| 1468 | } |
| 1469 | // If this load occurs either right after a lifetime begin, |
| 1470 | // then the loaded value is undefined. |
| 1471 | else if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DepInst)) { |
| 1472 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start) |
| 1473 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LoadType)); |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | // If this load follows a calloc (which zero initializes memory), |
| 1476 | // then the loaded value is zero |
| 1477 | else if (isCallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { |
| 1478 | return createConstantExpression(Constant::getNullValue(LoadType)); |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | return nullptr; |
| 1482 | } |
| 1483 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | |
| 1487 | // We can eliminate in favor of non-simple loads, but we won't be able to |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | // eliminate the loads themselves. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | if (!LI->isSimple()) |
| 1490 | return nullptr; |
| 1491 | |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | Value *LoadAddressLeader = lookupOperandLeader(LI->getPointerOperand()); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | // Load of undef is undef. |
| 1494 | if (isa<UndefValue>(LoadAddressLeader)) |
| 1495 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LI->getType())); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | MemoryAccess *OriginalAccess = getMemoryAccess(I); |
| 1497 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess = |
| 1498 | MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(OriginalAccess); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | |
| 1500 | if (!MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(DefiningAccess)) { |
| 1501 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(DefiningAccess)) { |
| 1502 | Instruction *DefiningInst = MD->getMemoryInst(); |
| 1503 | // If the defining instruction is not reachable, replace with undef. |
| 1504 | if (!ReachableBlocks.count(DefiningInst->getParent())) |
| 1505 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LI->getType())); |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | // This will handle stores and memory insts. We only do if it the |
| 1507 | // defining access has a different type, or it is a pointer produced by |
| 1508 | // certain memory operations that cause the memory to have a fixed value |
| 1509 | // (IE things like calloc). |
Daniel Berlin | 5845e05 | 2017-04-06 18:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | if (const auto *CoercionResult = |
| 1511 | performSymbolicLoadCoercion(LI->getType(), LoadAddressLeader, LI, |
| 1512 | DefiningInst, DefiningAccess)) |
Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | return CoercionResult; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | } |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | const auto *LE = createLoadExpression(LI->getType(), LoadAddressLeader, LI, |
| 1518 | DefiningAccess); |
Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | // If our MemoryLeader is not our defining access, add a use to the |
| 1520 | // MemoryLeader, so that we get reprocessed when it changes. |
| 1521 | if (LE->getMemoryLeader() != DefiningAccess) |
| 1522 | addMemoryUsers(LE->getMemoryLeader(), OriginalAccess); |
| 1523 | return LE; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | } |
| 1525 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | const Expression * |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | NewGVN::performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(I); |
| 1529 | if (!PI) |
| 1530 | return nullptr; |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found predicate info from instruction !\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | |
| 1534 | auto *PWC = dyn_cast<PredicateWithCondition>(PI); |
| 1535 | if (!PWC) |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | return nullptr; |
| 1537 | |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | auto *CopyOf = I->getOperand(0); |
| 1539 | auto *Cond = PWC->Condition; |
| 1540 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | // If this a copy of the condition, it must be either true or false depending |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | // on the predicate info type and edge. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | if (CopyOf == Cond) { |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | // We should not need to add predicate users because the predicate info is |
| 1545 | // already a use of this operand. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | if (isa<PredicateAssume>(PI)) |
| 1547 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType())); |
| 1548 | if (auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { |
| 1549 | if (PBranch->TrueEdge) |
| 1550 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType())); |
| 1551 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType())); |
| 1552 | } |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | if (auto *PSwitch = dyn_cast<PredicateSwitch>(PI)) |
| 1554 | return createConstantExpression(cast<Constant>(PSwitch->CaseValue)); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | } |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | // Not a copy of the condition, so see what the predicates tell us about this |
| 1558 | // value. First, though, we check to make sure the value is actually a copy |
| 1559 | // of one of the condition operands. It's possible, in certain cases, for it |
| 1560 | // to be a copy of a predicateinfo copy. In particular, if two branch |
| 1561 | // operations use the same condition, and one branch dominates the other, we |
| 1562 | // will end up with a copy of a copy. This is currently a small deficiency in |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | // predicateinfo. What will end up happening here is that we will value |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | // number both copies the same anyway. |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | |
| 1566 | // Everything below relies on the condition being a comparison. |
| 1567 | auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Cond); |
| 1568 | if (!Cmp) |
| 1569 | return nullptr; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | if (CopyOf != Cmp->getOperand(0) && CopyOf != Cmp->getOperand(1)) { |
Davide Italiano | c43a9f8 | 2017-05-12 15:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Copy is not of any condition operands!\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | return nullptr; |
| 1574 | } |
Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1575 | Value *FirstOp = lookupOperandLeader(Cmp->getOperand(0)); |
| 1576 | Value *SecondOp = lookupOperandLeader(Cmp->getOperand(1)); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | bool SwappedOps = false; |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | // Sort the ops. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | if (shouldSwapOperands(FirstOp, SecondOp)) { |
| 1580 | std::swap(FirstOp, SecondOp); |
| 1581 | SwappedOps = true; |
| 1582 | } |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = |
| 1584 | SwappedOps ? Cmp->getSwappedPredicate() : Cmp->getPredicate(); |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | if (isa<PredicateAssume>(PI)) { |
| 1587 | // If the comparison is true when the operands are equal, then we know the |
| 1588 | // operands are equal, because assumes must always be true. |
| 1589 | if (CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Predicate)) { |
| 1590 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | addAdditionalUsers(Cmp->getOperand(0), I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | return createVariableOrConstant(FirstOp); |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | if (const auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { |
| 1596 | // If we are *not* a copy of the comparison, we may equal to the other |
| 1597 | // operand when the predicate implies something about equality of |
| 1598 | // operations. In particular, if the comparison is true/false when the |
| 1599 | // operands are equal, and we are on the right edge, we know this operation |
| 1600 | // is equal to something. |
| 1601 | if ((PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) || |
| 1602 | (!PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)) { |
| 1603 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
Daniel Berlin | 23fec57 | 2017-08-30 19:53:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | addAdditionalUsers(SwappedOps ? Cmp->getOperand(1) : Cmp->getOperand(0), |
| 1605 | I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | return createVariableOrConstant(FirstOp); |
| 1607 | } |
| 1608 | // Handle the special case of floating point. |
| 1609 | if (((PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) || |
| 1610 | (!PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::FCMP_UNE)) && |
| 1611 | isa<ConstantFP>(FirstOp) && !cast<ConstantFP>(FirstOp)->isZero()) { |
| 1612 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
Daniel Berlin | 23fec57 | 2017-08-30 19:53:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | addAdditionalUsers(SwappedOps ? Cmp->getOperand(1) : Cmp->getOperand(0), |
| 1614 | I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | return createConstantExpression(cast<Constant>(FirstOp)); |
| 1616 | } |
| 1617 | } |
| 1618 | return nullptr; |
| 1619 | } |
| 1620 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | // Evaluate read only and pure calls, and create an expression result. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicCallEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) { |
| 1625 | // Instrinsics with the returned attribute are copies of arguments. |
| 1626 | if (auto *ReturnedValue = II->getReturnedArgOperand()) { |
| 1627 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy) |
| 1628 | if (const auto *Result = performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(I)) |
| 1629 | return Result; |
| 1630 | return createVariableOrConstant(ReturnedValue); |
| 1631 | } |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | if (AA->doesNotAccessMemory(CI)) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | return createCallExpression(CI, TOPClass->getMemoryLeader()); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | } else if (AA->onlyReadsMemory(CI)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess = MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(CI); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | return createCallExpression(CI, DefiningAccess); |
Davide Italiano | b222549 | 2016-12-27 18:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | } |
| 1639 | return nullptr; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | } |
| 1641 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | // Retrieve the memory class for a given MemoryAccess. |
| 1643 | CongruenceClass *NewGVN::getMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | auto *Result = MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(MA); |
| 1645 | assert(Result && "Should have found memory class"); |
| 1646 | return Result; |
| 1647 | } |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | // Update the MemoryAccess equivalence table to say that From is equal to To, |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | // and return true if this is different from what already existed in the table. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | bool NewGVN::setMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *From, |
| 1652 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { |
| 1653 | assert(NewClass && |
| 1654 | "Every MemoryAccess should be getting mapped to a non-null class"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Setting " << *From); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " equivalent to congruence class "); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | DEBUG(dbgs() << NewClass->getID() << " with current MemoryAccess leader "); |
Davide Italiano | b7a6698 | 2017-05-09 20:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | DEBUG(dbgs() << *NewClass->getMemoryLeader() << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | |
| 1660 | auto LookupResult = MemoryAccessToClass.find(From); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | bool Changed = false; |
| 1662 | // If it's already in the table, see if the value changed. |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | if (LookupResult != MemoryAccessToClass.end()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | auto *OldClass = LookupResult->second; |
| 1665 | if (OldClass != NewClass) { |
| 1666 | // If this is a phi, we have to handle memory member updates. |
| 1667 | if (auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(From)) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | OldClass->memory_erase(MP); |
| 1669 | NewClass->memory_insert(MP); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | // This may have killed the class if it had no non-memory members |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | if (OldClass->getMemoryLeader() == From) { |
Davide Italiano | 41f5c7b | 2017-05-12 15:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | if (OldClass->definesNoMemory()) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(getNextMemoryLeader(OldClass)); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | << OldClass->getID() << " to " |
| 1678 | << *OldClass->getMemoryLeader() |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | << " due to removal of a memory member " << *From |
| 1680 | << "\n"); |
| 1681 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); |
| 1682 | } |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | // It wasn't equivalent before, and now it is. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | LookupResult->second = NewClass; |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | Changed = true; |
| 1688 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | return Changed; |
| 1692 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | // Determine if a instruction is cycle-free. That means the values in the |
| 1695 | // instruction don't depend on any expressions that can change value as a result |
| 1696 | // of the instruction. For example, a non-cycle free instruction would be v = |
| 1697 | // phi(0, v+1). |
| 1698 | bool NewGVN::isCycleFree(const Instruction *I) const { |
| 1699 | // In order to compute cycle-freeness, we do SCC finding on the instruction, |
| 1700 | // and see what kind of SCC it ends up in. If it is a singleton, it is |
| 1701 | // cycle-free. If it is not in a singleton, it is only cycle free if the |
| 1702 | // other members are all phi nodes (as they do not compute anything, they are |
| 1703 | // copies). |
| 1704 | auto ICS = InstCycleState.lookup(I); |
| 1705 | if (ICS == ICS_Unknown) { |
| 1706 | SCCFinder.Start(I); |
| 1707 | auto &SCC = SCCFinder.getComponentFor(I); |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | // It's cycle free if it's size 1 or or the SCC is *only* phi nodes. |
| 1709 | if (SCC.size() == 1) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | InstCycleState.insert({I, ICS_CycleFree}); |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | else { |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | bool AllPhis = llvm::all_of(SCC, [](const Value *V) { |
| 1713 | return isa<PHINode>(V) || isCopyOfAPHI(V); |
| 1714 | }); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | ICS = AllPhis ? ICS_CycleFree : ICS_Cycle; |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | for (auto *Member : SCC) |
| 1717 | if (auto *MemberPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Member)) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | InstCycleState.insert({MemberPhi, ICS}); |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | } |
| 1720 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | if (ICS == ICS_Cycle) |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | return false; |
| 1723 | return true; |
| 1724 | } |
| 1725 | |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | // Evaluate PHI nodes symbolically and create an expression result. |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | const Expression * |
| 1728 | NewGVN::performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(ArrayRef<ValPair> PHIOps, |
| 1729 | Instruction *I, |
| 1730 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | // True if one of the incoming phi edges is a backedge. |
| 1732 | bool HasBackedge = false; |
| 1733 | // All constant tracks the state of whether all the *original* phi operands |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | // This is really shorthand for "this phi cannot cycle due to forward |
| 1735 | // change in value of the phi is guaranteed not to later change the value of |
| 1736 | // the phi. IE it can't be v = phi(undef, v+1) |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | bool OriginalOpsConstant = true; |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | auto *E = cast<PHIExpression>(createPHIExpression( |
| 1739 | PHIOps, I, PHIBlock, HasBackedge, OriginalOpsConstant)); |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | // We match the semantics of SimplifyPhiNode from InstructionSimplify here. |
Davide Italiano | 839c7e6 | 2017-05-02 21:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | // See if all arguments are the same. |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | // We track if any were undef because they need special handling. |
| 1743 | bool HasUndef = false; |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(E->operands(), [&](Value *Arg) { |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Arg)) { |
| 1746 | HasUndef = true; |
| 1747 | return false; |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | return true; |
| 1750 | }); |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | // If we are left with no operands, it's dead. |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | if (Filtered.begin() == Filtered.end()) { |
Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | // If it has undef at this point, it means there are no-non-undef arguments, |
| 1754 | // and thus, the value of the phi node must be undef. |
| 1755 | if (HasUndef) { |
| 1756 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "PHI Node " << *I |
| 1757 | << " has no non-undef arguments, valuing it as undef\n"); |
| 1758 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(I->getType())); |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "No arguments of PHI node " << *I << " are live\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | deleteExpression(E); |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | return createDeadExpression(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | Value *AllSameValue = *(Filtered.begin()); |
| 1766 | ++Filtered.begin(); |
| 1767 | // Can't use std::equal here, sadly, because filter.begin moves. |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | if (llvm::all_of(Filtered, [&](Value *Arg) { return Arg == AllSameValue; })) { |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | // In LLVM's non-standard representation of phi nodes, it's possible to have |
| 1770 | // phi nodes with cycles (IE dependent on other phis that are .... dependent |
| 1771 | // on the original phi node), especially in weird CFG's where some arguments |
| 1772 | // are unreachable, or uninitialized along certain paths. This can cause |
| 1773 | // infinite loops during evaluation. We work around this by not trying to |
| 1774 | // really evaluate them independently, but instead using a variable |
| 1775 | // expression to say if one is equivalent to the other. |
| 1776 | // We also special case undef, so that if we have an undef, we can't use the |
| 1777 | // common value unless it dominates the phi block. |
| 1778 | if (HasUndef) { |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | // If we have undef and at least one other value, this is really a |
| 1780 | // multivalued phi, and we need to know if it's cycle free in order to |
| 1781 | // evaluate whether we can ignore the undef. The other parts of this are |
| 1782 | // just shortcuts. If there is no backedge, or all operands are |
Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | // constants, it also must be cycle free. |
| 1784 | if (HasBackedge && !OriginalOpsConstant && |
Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | !isa<UndefValue>(AllSameValue) && !isCycleFree(I)) |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | return E; |
| 1787 | |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | // Only have to check for instructions |
Davide Italiano | 1b97fc3 | 2017-01-07 02:05:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | if (auto *AllSameInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AllSameValue)) |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | if (!someEquivalentDominates(AllSameInst, I)) |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | return E; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | } |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | // Can't simplify to something that comes later in the iteration. |
| 1794 | // Otherwise, when and if it changes congruence class, we will never catch |
| 1795 | // up. We will always be a class behind it. |
| 1796 | if (isa<Instruction>(AllSameValue) && |
| 1797 | InstrToDFSNum(AllSameValue) > InstrToDFSNum(I)) |
| 1798 | return E; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | NumGVNPhisAllSame++; |
| 1800 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified PHI node " << *I << " to " << *AllSameValue |
| 1801 | << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | deleteExpression(E); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | return createVariableOrConstant(AllSameValue); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | } |
| 1805 | return E; |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | const Expression * |
| 1809 | NewGVN::performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | if (auto *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)) { |
| 1811 | auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(EI->getAggregateOperand()); |
| 1812 | if (II && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0) { |
| 1813 | unsigned Opcode = 0; |
| 1814 | // EI might be an extract from one of our recognised intrinsics. If it |
| 1815 | // is we'll synthesize a semantically equivalent expression instead on |
| 1816 | // an extract value expression. |
| 1817 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1818 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
| 1819 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 1820 | Opcode = Instruction::Add; |
| 1821 | break; |
| 1822 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
| 1823 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 1824 | Opcode = Instruction::Sub; |
| 1825 | break; |
| 1826 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
| 1827 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 1828 | Opcode = Instruction::Mul; |
| 1829 | break; |
| 1830 | default: |
| 1831 | break; |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | if (Opcode != 0) { |
| 1835 | // Intrinsic recognized. Grab its args to finish building the |
| 1836 | // expression. |
| 1837 | assert(II->getNumArgOperands() == 2 && |
| 1838 | "Expect two args for recognised intrinsics."); |
Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | return createBinaryExpression(Opcode, EI->getType(), |
| 1840 | II->getArgOperand(0), |
| 1841 | II->getArgOperand(1), I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | } |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | } |
| 1845 | |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | return createAggregateValueExpression(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1848 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { |
Chad Rosier | 4d85259 | 2017-08-08 18:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | assert(isa<CmpInst>(I) && "Expected a cmp instruction."); |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | auto *CI = cast<CmpInst>(I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | // See if our operands are equal to those of a previous predicate, and if so, |
| 1854 | // if it implies true or false. |
Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | auto Op0 = lookupOperandLeader(CI->getOperand(0)); |
| 1856 | auto Op1 = lookupOperandLeader(CI->getOperand(1)); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | auto OurPredicate = CI->getPredicate(); |
Daniel Berlin | 0350a87 | 2017-03-04 00:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | if (shouldSwapOperands(Op0, Op1)) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
| 1860 | OurPredicate = CI->getSwappedPredicate(); |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | // Avoid processing the same info twice. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | const PredicateBase *LastPredInfo = nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | // See if we know something about the comparison itself, like it is the target |
| 1866 | // of an assume. |
| 1867 | auto *CmpPI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(I); |
| 1868 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<PredicateAssume>(CmpPI)) |
| 1869 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); |
| 1870 | |
Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | if (Op0 == Op1) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | // This condition does not depend on predicates, no need to add users |
Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | if (CI->isTrueWhenEqual()) |
| 1874 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); |
| 1875 | else if (CI->isFalseWhenEqual()) |
| 1876 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); |
| 1877 | } |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | |
| 1879 | // NOTE: Because we are comparing both operands here and below, and using |
| 1880 | // previous comparisons, we rely on fact that predicateinfo knows to mark |
| 1881 | // comparisons that use renamed operands as users of the earlier comparisons. |
| 1882 | // It is *not* enough to just mark predicateinfo renamed operands as users of |
| 1883 | // the earlier comparisons, because the *other* operand may have changed in a |
| 1884 | // previous iteration. |
| 1885 | // Example: |
| 1886 | // icmp slt %a, %b |
| 1887 | // %b.0 = ssa.copy(%b) |
| 1888 | // false branch: |
| 1889 | // icmp slt %c, %b.0 |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | // %c and %a may start out equal, and thus, the code below will say the second |
| 1892 | // %icmp is false. c may become equal to something else, and in that case the |
| 1893 | // %second icmp *must* be reexamined, but would not if only the renamed |
| 1894 | // %operands are considered users of the icmp. |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | // *Currently* we only check one level of comparisons back, and only mark one |
Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | // level back as touched when changes happen. If you modify this code to look |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | // back farther through comparisons, you *must* mark the appropriate |
| 1899 | // comparisons as users in PredicateInfo.cpp, or you will cause bugs. See if |
| 1900 | // we know something just from the operands themselves |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | // See if our operands have predicate info, so that we may be able to derive |
| 1903 | // something from a previous comparison. |
| 1904 | for (const auto &Op : CI->operands()) { |
| 1905 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(Op); |
| 1906 | if (const auto *PBranch = dyn_cast_or_null<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { |
| 1907 | if (PI == LastPredInfo) |
| 1908 | continue; |
| 1909 | LastPredInfo = PI; |
Daniel Berlin | 8693210 | 2017-09-01 19:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | // In phi of ops cases, we may have predicate info that we are evaluating |
| 1911 | // in a different context. |
| 1912 | if (!DT->dominates(PBranch->To, getBlockForValue(I))) |
| 1913 | continue; |
| 1914 | // TODO: Along the false edge, we may know more things too, like |
| 1915 | // icmp of |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | // same operands is false. |
Daniel Berlin | 8693210 | 2017-09-01 19:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | // TODO: We only handle actual comparison conditions below, not |
| 1918 | // and/or. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | auto *BranchCond = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(PBranch->Condition); |
| 1920 | if (!BranchCond) |
| 1921 | continue; |
| 1922 | auto *BranchOp0 = lookupOperandLeader(BranchCond->getOperand(0)); |
| 1923 | auto *BranchOp1 = lookupOperandLeader(BranchCond->getOperand(1)); |
| 1924 | auto BranchPredicate = BranchCond->getPredicate(); |
Daniel Berlin | 0350a87 | 2017-03-04 00:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | if (shouldSwapOperands(BranchOp0, BranchOp1)) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | std::swap(BranchOp0, BranchOp1); |
| 1927 | BranchPredicate = BranchCond->getSwappedPredicate(); |
| 1928 | } |
| 1929 | if (BranchOp0 == Op0 && BranchOp1 == Op1) { |
| 1930 | if (PBranch->TrueEdge) { |
| 1931 | // If we know the previous predicate is true and we are in the true |
| 1932 | // edge then we may be implied true or false. |
Davide Italiano | 2dfd46b | 2017-05-01 22:26:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(BranchPredicate, |
| 1934 | OurPredicate)) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
| 1936 | return createConstantExpression( |
| 1937 | ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | |
Davide Italiano | 2dfd46b | 2017-05-01 22:26:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(BranchPredicate, |
| 1941 | OurPredicate)) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
| 1943 | return createConstantExpression( |
| 1944 | ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); |
| 1945 | } |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | } else { |
| 1947 | // Just handle the ne and eq cases, where if we have the same |
| 1948 | // operands, we may know something. |
| 1949 | if (BranchPredicate == OurPredicate) { |
| 1950 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
| 1951 | // Same predicate, same ops,we know it was false, so this is false. |
| 1952 | return createConstantExpression( |
| 1953 | ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); |
| 1954 | } else if (BranchPredicate == |
| 1955 | CmpInst::getInversePredicate(OurPredicate)) { |
| 1956 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); |
| 1957 | // Inverse predicate, we know the other was false, so this is true. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | return createConstantExpression( |
| 1959 | ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); |
| 1960 | } |
| 1961 | } |
| 1962 | } |
| 1963 | } |
| 1964 | } |
| 1965 | // Create expression will take care of simplifyCmpInst |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | return createExpression(I); |
Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | |
| 1969 | // Substitute and symbolize the value before value numbering. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | const Expression * |
| 1971 | NewGVN::performSymbolicEvaluation(Value *V, |
| 1972 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited) const { |
Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | const Expression *E = nullptr; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
| 1975 | E = createConstantExpression(C); |
| 1976 | else if (isa<Argument>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) { |
| 1977 | E = createVariableExpression(V); |
| 1978 | } else { |
| 1979 | // TODO: memory intrinsics. |
| 1980 | // TODO: Some day, we should do the forward propagation and reassociation |
| 1981 | // parts of the algorithm. |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 1984 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 1985 | case Instruction::InsertValue: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | E = performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | break; |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
| 1989 | SmallVector<ValPair, 3> Ops; |
| 1990 | auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(I); |
| 1991 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumOperands(); ++i) |
| 1992 | Ops.push_back({PN->getIncomingValue(i), PN->getIncomingBlock(i)}); |
| 1993 | // Sort to ensure the invariant createPHIExpression requires is met. |
| 1994 | sortPHIOps(Ops); |
| 1995 | E = performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(Ops, I, getBlockForValue(I)); |
| 1996 | } break; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | case Instruction::Call: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | E = performSymbolicCallEvaluation(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | break; |
| 2000 | case Instruction::Store: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | E = performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | break; |
| 2003 | case Instruction::Load: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | E = performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | break; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2006 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | E = createExpression(I); |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2008 | break; |
Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | case Instruction::ICmp: |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2010 | case Instruction::FCmp: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | E = performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(I); |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2012 | break; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2014 | case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 2015 | case Instruction::Sub: |
| 2016 | case Instruction::FSub: |
| 2017 | case Instruction::Mul: |
| 2018 | case Instruction::FMul: |
| 2019 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
| 2020 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 2021 | case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 2022 | case Instruction::URem: |
| 2023 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 2024 | case Instruction::FRem: |
| 2025 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 2026 | case Instruction::LShr: |
| 2027 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 2028 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2029 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 2030 | case Instruction::Xor: |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 2032 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 2033 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 2034 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 2035 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 2036 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 2037 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 2038 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 2039 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 2040 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: |
| 2041 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: |
| 2042 | case Instruction::Select: |
| 2043 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 2044 | case Instruction::InsertElement: |
| 2045 | case Instruction::ShuffleVector: |
| 2046 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | E = createExpression(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | break; |
| 2049 | default: |
| 2050 | return nullptr; |
| 2051 | } |
| 2052 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | return E; |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | // Look up a container in a map, and then call a function for each thing in the |
| 2057 | // found container. |
| 2058 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType, typename Func> |
| 2059 | void NewGVN::for_each_found(Map &M, const KeyType &Key, Func F) { |
| 2060 | const auto Result = M.find_as(Key); |
| 2061 | if (Result != M.end()) |
| 2062 | for (typename Map::mapped_type::value_type Mapped : Result->second) |
| 2063 | F(Mapped); |
| 2064 | } |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | // Look up a container of values/instructions in a map, and touch all the |
| 2067 | // instructions in the container. Then erase value from the map. |
| 2068 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType> |
| 2069 | void NewGVN::touchAndErase(Map &M, const KeyType &Key) { |
| 2070 | const auto Result = M.find_as(Key); |
| 2071 | if (Result != M.end()) { |
| 2072 | for (const typename Map::mapped_type::value_type Mapped : Result->second) |
| 2073 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(Mapped)); |
| 2074 | M.erase(Result); |
| 2075 | } |
| 2076 | } |
| 2077 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | void NewGVN::addAdditionalUsers(Value *To, Value *User) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | assert(User && To != User); |
Daniel Berlin | be3e7ba | 2017-05-31 01:47:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | if (isa<Instruction>(To)) |
| 2081 | AdditionalUsers[To].insert(User); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | } |
| 2083 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | void NewGVN::markUsersTouched(Value *V) { |
| 2085 | // Now mark the users as touched. |
Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | for (auto *User : V->users()) { |
| 2087 | assert(isa<Instruction>(User) && "Use of value not within an instruction?"); |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(User)); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | touchAndErase(AdditionalUsers, V); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | } |
| 2092 | |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | void NewGVN::addMemoryUsers(const MemoryAccess *To, MemoryAccess *U) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Adding memory user " << *U << " to " << *To << "\n"); |
| 2095 | MemoryToUsers[To].insert(U); |
| 2096 | } |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | void NewGVN::markMemoryDefTouched(const MemoryAccess *MA) { |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | TouchedInstructions.set(MemoryToDFSNum(MA)); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | } |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 | void NewGVN::markMemoryUsersTouched(const MemoryAccess *MA) { |
| 2103 | if (isa<MemoryUse>(MA)) |
| 2104 | return; |
| 2105 | for (auto U : MA->users()) |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | TouchedInstructions.set(MemoryToDFSNum(U)); |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | touchAndErase(MemoryToUsers, MA); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | } |
| 2109 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | // Add I to the set of users of a given predicate. |
Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | void NewGVN::addPredicateUsers(const PredicateBase *PB, Instruction *I) const { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. |
| 2113 | if (AllTempInstructions.count(I)) |
| 2114 | return; |
| 2115 | |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | if (auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PB)) |
| 2117 | PredicateToUsers[PBranch->Condition].insert(I); |
| 2118 | else if (auto *PAssume = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PB)) |
| 2119 | PredicateToUsers[PAssume->Condition].insert(I); |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | // Touch all the predicates that depend on this instruction. |
| 2123 | void NewGVN::markPredicateUsersTouched(Instruction *I) { |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | touchAndErase(PredicateToUsers, I); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | // Mark users affected by a memory leader change. |
| 2128 | void NewGVN::markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | for (auto M : CC->memory()) |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | markMemoryDefTouched(M); |
| 2131 | } |
| 2132 | |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | // Touch the instructions that need to be updated after a congruence class has a |
| 2134 | // leader change, and mark changed values. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | void NewGVN::markValueLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | for (auto M : *CC) { |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(M)) |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | LeaderChanges.insert(M); |
| 2140 | } |
| 2141 | } |
| 2142 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | // Give a range of things that have instruction DFS numbers, this will return |
| 2144 | // the member of the range with the smallest dfs number. |
| 2145 | template <class T, class Range> |
| 2146 | T *NewGVN::getMinDFSOfRange(const Range &R) const { |
| 2147 | std::pair<T *, unsigned> MinDFS = {nullptr, ~0U}; |
| 2148 | for (const auto X : R) { |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | auto DFSNum = InstrToDFSNum(X); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | if (DFSNum < MinDFS.second) |
| 2151 | MinDFS = {X, DFSNum}; |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | return MinDFS.first; |
| 2154 | } |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 | // This function returns the MemoryAccess that should be the next leader of |
| 2157 | // congruence class CC, under the assumption that the current leader is going to |
| 2158 | // disappear. |
| 2159 | const MemoryAccess *NewGVN::getNextMemoryLeader(CongruenceClass *CC) const { |
| 2160 | // TODO: If this ends up to slow, we can maintain a next memory leader like we |
| 2161 | // do for regular leaders. |
Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | // Make sure there will be a leader to find. |
Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | assert(!CC->definesNoMemory() && "Can't get next leader if there is none"); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | if (CC->getStoreCount() > 0) { |
| 2165 | if (auto *NL = dyn_cast_or_null<StoreInst>(CC->getNextLeader().first)) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | return getMemoryAccess(NL); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | // Find the store with the minimum DFS number. |
| 2168 | auto *V = getMinDFSOfRange<Value>(make_filter_range( |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | *CC, [&](const Value *V) { return isa<StoreInst>(V); })); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | return getMemoryAccess(cast<StoreInst>(V)); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | assert(CC->getStoreCount() == 0); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | |
| 2174 | // Given our assertion, hitting this part must mean |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | // !OldClass->memory_empty() |
| 2176 | if (CC->memory_size() == 1) |
| 2177 | return *CC->memory_begin(); |
| 2178 | return getMinDFSOfRange<const MemoryPhi>(CC->memory()); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | } |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | // This function returns the next value leader of a congruence class, under the |
| 2182 | // assumption that the current leader is going away. This should end up being |
| 2183 | // the next most dominating member. |
| 2184 | Value *NewGVN::getNextValueLeader(CongruenceClass *CC) const { |
| 2185 | // We don't need to sort members if there is only 1, and we don't care about |
| 2186 | // sorting the TOP class because everything either gets out of it or is |
| 2187 | // unreachable. |
| 2188 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | if (CC->size() == 1 || CC == TOPClass) { |
| 2190 | return *(CC->begin()); |
| 2191 | } else if (CC->getNextLeader().first) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | ++NumGVNAvoidedSortedLeaderChanges; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | return CC->getNextLeader().first; |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | } else { |
| 2195 | ++NumGVNSortedLeaderChanges; |
| 2196 | // NOTE: If this ends up to slow, we can maintain a dual structure for |
| 2197 | // member testing/insertion, or keep things mostly sorted, and sort only |
| 2198 | // here, or use SparseBitVector or .... |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | return getMinDFSOfRange<Value>(*CC); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | } |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | // Move a MemoryAccess, currently in OldClass, to NewClass, including updates to |
| 2204 | // the memory members, etc for the move. |
| 2205 | // |
| 2206 | // The invariants of this function are: |
| 2207 | // |
Davide Italiano | fb4544c | 2017-07-11 19:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | // - I must be moving to NewClass from OldClass |
| 2209 | // - The StoreCount of OldClass and NewClass is expected to have been updated |
| 2210 | // for I already if it is is a store. |
| 2211 | // - The OldClass memory leader has not been updated yet if I was the leader. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | void NewGVN::moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *I, |
| 2213 | MemoryAccess *InstMA, |
| 2214 | CongruenceClass *OldClass, |
| 2215 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { |
| 2216 | // If the leader is I, and we had a represenative MemoryAccess, it should |
| 2217 | // be the MemoryAccess of OldClass. |
Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | assert((!InstMA || !OldClass->getMemoryLeader() || |
| 2219 | OldClass->getLeader() != I || |
Davide Italiano | ee1c821 | 2017-07-11 19:49:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(OldClass->getMemoryLeader()) == |
| 2221 | MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(InstMA)) && |
Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | "Representative MemoryAccess mismatch"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | // First, see what happens to the new class |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | if (!NewClass->getMemoryLeader()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | // Should be a new class, or a store becoming a leader of a new class. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | assert(NewClass->size() == 1 || |
| 2227 | (isa<StoreInst>(I) && NewClass->getStoreCount() == 1)); |
| 2228 | NewClass->setMemoryLeader(InstMA); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | // Mark it touched if we didn't just create a singleton |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " << NewClass->getID() |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | << " due to new memory instruction becoming leader\n"); |
| 2232 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(NewClass); |
| 2233 | } |
| 2234 | setMemoryClass(InstMA, NewClass); |
| 2235 | // Now, fixup the old class if necessary |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (OldClass->getMemoryLeader() == InstMA) { |
Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | if (!OldClass->definesNoMemory()) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(getNextMemoryLeader(OldClass)); |
| 2239 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " |
| 2240 | << OldClass->getID() << " to " |
| 2241 | << *OldClass->getMemoryLeader() |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | << " due to removal of old leader " << *InstMA << "\n"); |
| 2243 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); |
| 2244 | } else |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | } |
| 2247 | } |
| 2248 | |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | // Move a value, currently in OldClass, to be part of NewClass |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | // Update OldClass and NewClass for the move (including changing leaders, etc). |
| 2251 | void NewGVN::moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *I, const Expression *E, |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | CongruenceClass *OldClass, |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | if (I == OldClass->getNextLeader().first) |
| 2255 | OldClass->resetNextLeader(); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | |
Daniel Berlin | ff15200 | 2017-05-19 19:01:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | OldClass->erase(I); |
| 2258 | NewClass->insert(I); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | if (NewClass->getLeader() != I) |
| 2261 | NewClass->addPossibleNextLeader({I, InstrToDFSNum(I)}); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | // Handle our special casing of stores. |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | OldClass->decStoreCount(); |
| 2265 | // Okay, so when do we want to make a store a leader of a class? |
| 2266 | // If we have a store defined by an earlier load, we want the earlier load |
| 2267 | // to lead the class. |
| 2268 | // If we have a store defined by something else, we want the store to lead |
| 2269 | // the class so everything else gets the "something else" as a value. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | // If we have a store as the single member of the class, we want the store |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | // as the leader |
| 2272 | if (NewClass->getStoreCount() == 0 && !NewClass->getStoredValue()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | // If it's a store expression we are using, it means we are not equivalent |
| 2274 | // to something earlier. |
Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | if (auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(E)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | NewClass->setStoredValue(SE->getStoredValue()); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | markValueLeaderChangeTouched(NewClass); |
| 2278 | // Shift the new class leader to be the store |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Changing leader of congruence class " |
| 2280 | << NewClass->getID() << " from " << *NewClass->getLeader() |
| 2281 | << " to " << *SI << " because store joined class\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | // If we changed the leader, we have to mark it changed because we don't |
Davide Italiano | 67b0e53 | 2017-07-11 19:19:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | // know what it will do to symbolic evaluation. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | NewClass->setLeader(SI); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | } |
| 2286 | // We rely on the code below handling the MemoryAccess change. |
| 2287 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | NewClass->incStoreCount(); |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | // True if there is no memory instructions left in a class that had memory |
| 2291 | // instructions before. |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | // If it's not a memory use, set the MemoryAccess equivalence |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | auto *InstMA = dyn_cast_or_null<MemoryDef>(getMemoryAccess(I)); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | if (InstMA) |
| 2296 | moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(I, InstMA, OldClass, NewClass); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | ValueToClass[I] = NewClass; |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | // See if we destroyed the class or need to swap leaders. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | if (OldClass->empty() && OldClass != TOPClass) { |
| 2300 | if (OldClass->getDefiningExpr()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Erasing expression " << *OldClass->getDefiningExpr() |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | << " from table\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | // We erase it as an exact expression to make sure we don't just erase an |
| 2304 | // equivalent one. |
| 2305 | auto Iter = ExpressionToClass.find_as( |
| 2306 | ExactEqualsExpression(*OldClass->getDefiningExpr())); |
| 2307 | if (Iter != ExpressionToClass.end()) |
| 2308 | ExpressionToClass.erase(Iter); |
| 2309 | #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS |
| 2310 | assert( |
| 2311 | (*OldClass->getDefiningExpr() != *E || ExpressionToClass.lookup(E)) && |
| 2312 | "We erased the expression we just inserted, which should not happen"); |
| 2313 | #endif |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | } else if (OldClass->getLeader() == I) { |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | // When the leader changes, the value numbering of |
| 2317 | // everything may change due to symbolization changes, so we need to |
| 2318 | // reprocess. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Value class leader change for class " << OldClass->getID() |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | ++NumGVNLeaderChanges; |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | // Destroy the stored value if there are no more stores to represent it. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | // Note that this is basically clean up for the expression removal that |
| 2324 | // happens below. If we remove stores from a class, we may leave it as a |
| 2325 | // class of equivalent memory phis. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | if (OldClass->getStoreCount() == 0) { |
| 2327 | if (OldClass->getStoredValue()) |
| 2328 | OldClass->setStoredValue(nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | OldClass->setLeader(getNextValueLeader(OldClass)); |
| 2331 | OldClass->resetNextLeader(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | markValueLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | } |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | // For a given expression, mark the phi of ops instructions that could have |
| 2337 | // changed as a result. |
Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | void NewGVN::markPhiOfOpsChanged(const Expression *E) { |
Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | touchAndErase(ExpressionToPhiOfOps, E); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | // Perform congruence finding on a given value numbering expression. |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | void NewGVN::performCongruenceFinding(Instruction *I, const Expression *E) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | // This is guaranteed to return something, since it will at least find |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | // TOP. |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | |
| 2347 | CongruenceClass *IClass = ValueToClass.lookup(I); |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | assert(IClass && "Should have found a IClass"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | // Dead classes should have been eliminated from the mapping. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | assert(!IClass->isDead() && "Found a dead class"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | CongruenceClass *EClass = nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | if (const auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | EClass = ValueToClass.lookup(VE->getVariableValue()); |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | } else if (isa<DeadExpression>(E)) { |
| 2356 | EClass = TOPClass; |
| 2357 | } |
| 2358 | if (!EClass) { |
Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | auto lookupResult = ExpressionToClass.insert({E, nullptr}); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | |
| 2361 | // If it's not in the value table, create a new congruence class. |
| 2362 | if (lookupResult.second) { |
Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | CongruenceClass *NewClass = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, E); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | auto place = lookupResult.first; |
| 2365 | place->second = NewClass; |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | // Constants and variables should always be made the leader. |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | NewClass->setLeader(CE->getConstantValue()); |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | } else if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(E)) { |
| 2371 | StoreInst *SI = SE->getStoreInst(); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | NewClass->setLeader(SI); |
Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | NewClass->setStoredValue(SE->getStoredValue()); |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | // The RepMemoryAccess field will be filled in properly by the |
| 2375 | // moveValueToNewCongruenceClass call. |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | NewClass->setLeader(I); |
Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | } |
| 2379 | assert(!isa<VariableExpression>(E) && |
| 2380 | "VariableExpression should have been handled already"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | |
| 2382 | EClass = NewClass; |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created new congruence class for " << *I |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | << " using expression " << *E << " at " << NewClass->getID() |
| 2385 | << " and leader " << *(NewClass->getLeader())); |
| 2386 | if (NewClass->getStoredValue()) |
| 2387 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " and stored value " << *(NewClass->getStoredValue())); |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | } else { |
| 2390 | EClass = lookupResult.first->second; |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | if (isa<ConstantExpression>(E)) |
Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | assert((isa<Constant>(EClass->getLeader()) || |
| 2393 | (EClass->getStoredValue() && |
| 2394 | isa<Constant>(EClass->getStoredValue()))) && |
| 2395 | "Any class with a constant expression should have a " |
| 2396 | "constant leader"); |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | assert(EClass && "Somehow don't have an eclass"); |
| 2399 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | assert(!EClass->isDead() && "We accidentally looked up a dead class"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | } |
| 2402 | } |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | bool ClassChanged = IClass != EClass; |
| 2404 | bool LeaderChanged = LeaderChanges.erase(I); |
Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | if (ClassChanged || LeaderChanged) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "New class " << EClass->getID() << " for expression " << *E |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | if (ClassChanged) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(I, E, IClass, EClass); |
Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | markPhiOfOpsChanged(E); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | } |
| 2412 | |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | markUsersTouched(I); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | if (MemoryAccess *MA = getMemoryAccess(I)) |
Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MA); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) |
| 2417 | markPredicateUsersTouched(CI); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | // If we changed the class of the store, we want to ensure nothing finds the |
| 2420 | // old store expression. In particular, loads do not compare against stored |
| 2421 | // value, so they will find old store expressions (and associated class |
| 2422 | // mappings) if we leave them in the table. |
Davide Italiano | ee49f49 | 2017-05-19 04:06:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | if (ClassChanged && isa<StoreInst>(I)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | auto *OldE = ValueToExpression.lookup(I); |
| 2425 | // It could just be that the old class died. We don't want to erase it if we |
| 2426 | // just moved classes. |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | if (OldE && isa<StoreExpression>(OldE) && *E != *OldE) { |
| 2428 | // Erase this as an exact expression to ensure we don't erase expressions |
| 2429 | // equivalent to it. |
| 2430 | auto Iter = ExpressionToClass.find_as(ExactEqualsExpression(*OldE)); |
| 2431 | if (Iter != ExpressionToClass.end()) |
| 2432 | ExpressionToClass.erase(Iter); |
| 2433 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | } |
| 2435 | ValueToExpression[I] = E; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | } |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | // Process the fact that Edge (from, to) is reachable, including marking |
| 2439 | // any newly reachable blocks and instructions for processing. |
| 2440 | void NewGVN::updateReachableEdge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) { |
| 2441 | // Check if the Edge was reachable before. |
| 2442 | if (ReachableEdges.insert({From, To}).second) { |
| 2443 | // If this block wasn't reachable before, all instructions are touched. |
| 2444 | if (ReachableBlocks.insert(To).second) { |
| 2445 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(To) << " marked reachable\n"); |
| 2446 | const auto &InstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(To); |
| 2447 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstRange.first, InstRange.second); |
| 2448 | } else { |
| 2449 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(To) |
| 2450 | << " was reachable, but new edge {" << getBlockName(From) |
| 2451 | << "," << getBlockName(To) << "} to it found\n"); |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | // We've made an edge reachable to an existing block, which may |
| 2454 | // impact predicates. Otherwise, only mark the phi nodes as touched, as |
| 2455 | // they are the only thing that depend on new edges. Anything using their |
| 2456 | // values will get propagated to if necessary. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | if (MemoryAccess *MemPhi = getMemoryAccess(To)) |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(MemPhi)); |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | // FIXME: We should just add a union op on a Bitvector and |
| 2461 | // SparseBitVector. We can do it word by word faster than we are doing it |
| 2462 | // here. |
| 2463 | for (auto InstNum : RevisitOnReachabilityChange[To]) |
| 2464 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstNum); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | } |
| 2466 | } |
| 2467 | } |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | // Given a predicate condition (from a switch, cmp, or whatever) and a block, |
| 2470 | // see if we know some constant value for it already. |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | Value *NewGVN::findConditionEquivalence(Value *Cond) const { |
Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | auto Result = lookupOperandLeader(Cond); |
Davide Italiano | daa9c0e | 2017-06-19 16:46:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | return isa<Constant>(Result) ? Result : nullptr; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | } |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | // Process the outgoing edges of a block for reachability. |
| 2477 | void NewGVN::processOutgoingEdges(TerminatorInst *TI, BasicBlock *B) { |
| 2478 | // Evaluate reachability of terminator instruction. |
| 2479 | BranchInst *BR; |
| 2480 | if ((BR = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) && BR->isConditional()) { |
| 2481 | Value *Cond = BR->getCondition(); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | Value *CondEvaluated = findConditionEquivalence(Cond); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | if (!CondEvaluated) { |
| 2484 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | const Expression *E = createExpression(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) { |
| 2487 | CondEvaluated = CE->getConstantValue(); |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(Cond)) { |
| 2490 | CondEvaluated = Cond; |
| 2491 | } |
| 2492 | } |
| 2493 | ConstantInt *CI; |
| 2494 | BasicBlock *TrueSucc = BR->getSuccessor(0); |
| 2495 | BasicBlock *FalseSucc = BR->getSuccessor(1); |
| 2496 | if (CondEvaluated && (CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated))) { |
| 2497 | if (CI->isOne()) { |
| 2498 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Condition for Terminator " << *TI |
| 2499 | << " evaluated to true\n"); |
| 2500 | updateReachableEdge(B, TrueSucc); |
| 2501 | } else if (CI->isZero()) { |
| 2502 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Condition for Terminator " << *TI |
| 2503 | << " evaluated to false\n"); |
| 2504 | updateReachableEdge(B, FalseSucc); |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | } else { |
| 2507 | updateReachableEdge(B, TrueSucc); |
| 2508 | updateReachableEdge(B, FalseSucc); |
| 2509 | } |
| 2510 | } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) { |
| 2511 | // For switches, propagate the case values into the case |
| 2512 | // destinations. |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | // Remember how many outgoing edges there are to every successor. |
| 2515 | SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, unsigned, 16> SwitchEdges; |
| 2516 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | Value *SwitchCond = SI->getCondition(); |
Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | Value *CondEvaluated = findConditionEquivalence(SwitchCond); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | // See if we were able to turn this switch statement into a constant. |
| 2520 | if (CondEvaluated && isa<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated)) { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | auto *CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | // We should be able to get case value for this. |
Chandler Carruth | 927d8e6 | 2017-04-12 07:27:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | auto Case = *SI->findCaseValue(CondVal); |
| 2524 | if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() == SI->getDefaultDest()) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | // We proved the value is outside of the range of the case. |
| 2526 | // We can't do anything other than mark the default dest as reachable, |
| 2527 | // and go home. |
| 2528 | updateReachableEdge(B, SI->getDefaultDest()); |
| 2529 | return; |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | // Now get where it goes and mark it reachable. |
Chandler Carruth | 927d8e6 | 2017-04-12 07:27:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = Case.getCaseSuccessor(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 | } else { |
| 2535 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2536 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = SI->getSuccessor(i); |
| 2537 | ++SwitchEdges[TargetBlock]; |
| 2538 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | } |
| 2541 | } else { |
| 2542 | // Otherwise this is either unconditional, or a type we have no |
| 2543 | // idea about. Just mark successors as reachable. |
| 2544 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2545 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = TI->getSuccessor(i); |
| 2546 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); |
| 2547 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | |
| 2549 | // This also may be a memory defining terminator, in which case, set it |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | // equivalent only to itself. |
| 2551 | // |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | auto *MA = getMemoryAccess(TI); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | if (MA && !isa<MemoryUse>(MA)) { |
| 2554 | auto *CC = ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MA); |
| 2555 | if (setMemoryClass(MA, CC)) |
| 2556 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MA); |
| 2557 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | } |
| 2559 | } |
| 2560 | |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | // Remove the PHI of Ops PHI for I |
| 2562 | void NewGVN::removePhiOfOps(Instruction *I, PHINode *PHITemp) { |
| 2563 | InstrDFS.erase(PHITemp); |
| 2564 | // It's still a temp instruction. We keep it in the array so it gets erased. |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | // However, it's no longer used by I, or in the block |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | TempToBlock.erase(PHITemp); |
| 2567 | RealToTemp.erase(I); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | // We don't remove the users from the phi node uses. This wastes a little |
| 2569 | // time, but such is life. We could use two sets to track which were there |
| 2570 | // are the start of NewGVN, and which were added, but right nowt he cost of |
| 2571 | // tracking is more than the cost of checking for more phi of ops. |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | } |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | // Add PHI Op in BB as a PHI of operations version of ExistingValue. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | void NewGVN::addPhiOfOps(PHINode *Op, BasicBlock *BB, |
| 2576 | Instruction *ExistingValue) { |
| 2577 | InstrDFS[Op] = InstrToDFSNum(ExistingValue); |
| 2578 | AllTempInstructions.insert(Op); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | TempToBlock[Op] = BB; |
Daniel Berlin | b779db7 | 2017-06-29 17:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | RealToTemp[ExistingValue] = Op; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | // Add all users to phi node use, as they are now uses of the phi of ops phis |
| 2582 | // and may themselves be phi of ops. |
| 2583 | for (auto *U : ExistingValue->users()) |
| 2584 | if (auto *UI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) |
| 2585 | PHINodeUses.insert(UI); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | } |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | static bool okayForPHIOfOps(const Instruction *I) { |
Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | if (!EnablePhiOfOps) |
| 2590 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | return isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || |
| 2592 | isa<LoadInst>(I); |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | bool NewGVN::OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper( |
| 2596 | Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, |
| 2597 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited, |
| 2598 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { |
| 2599 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | if (!isa<Instruction>(V)) |
| 2601 | return true; |
| 2602 | auto OISIt = OpSafeForPHIOfOps.find(V); |
| 2603 | if (OISIt != OpSafeForPHIOfOps.end()) |
| 2604 | return OISIt->second; |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | // Keep walking until we either dominate the phi block, or hit a phi, or run |
| 2607 | // out of things to check. |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | if (DT->properlyDominates(getBlockForValue(V), PHIBlock)) { |
| 2609 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, true}); |
| 2610 | return true; |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | // PHI in the same block. |
| 2613 | if (isa<PHINode>(V) && getBlockForValue(V) == PHIBlock) { |
| 2614 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, false}); |
| 2615 | return false; |
| 2616 | } |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | auto *OrigI = cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 2619 | for (auto *Op : OrigI->operand_values()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Op)) |
| 2621 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | // Stop now if we find an unsafe operand. |
| 2623 | auto OISIt = OpSafeForPHIOfOps.find(OrigI); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | if (OISIt != OpSafeForPHIOfOps.end()) { |
| 2625 | if (!OISIt->second) { |
| 2626 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, false}); |
| 2627 | return false; |
| 2628 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | if (!Visited.insert(Op).second) |
| 2632 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(Op)); |
| 2634 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | return true; |
| 2636 | } |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | // Return true if this operand will be safe to use for phi of ops. |
| 2639 | // |
| 2640 | // The reason some operands are unsafe is that we are not trying to recursively |
| 2641 | // translate everything back through phi nodes. We actually expect some lookups |
| 2642 | // of expressions to fail. In particular, a lookup where the expression cannot |
| 2643 | // exist in the predecessor. This is true even if the expression, as shown, can |
| 2644 | // be determined to be constant. |
| 2645 | bool NewGVN::OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, |
| 2646 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited) { |
| 2647 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> Worklist; |
| 2648 | if (!OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(V, PHIBlock, Visited, Worklist)) |
| 2649 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { |
| 2651 | auto *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | if (!OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(I, PHIBlock, Visited, Worklist)) |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | } |
| 2655 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, true}); |
| 2656 | return true; |
| 2657 | } |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | // Try to find a leader for instruction TransInst, which is a phi translated |
| 2660 | // version of something in our original program. Visited is used to ensure we |
| 2661 | // don't infinite loop during translations of cycles. OrigInst is the |
| 2662 | // instruction in the original program, and PredBB is the predecessor we |
| 2663 | // translated it through. |
| 2664 | Value *NewGVN::findLeaderForInst(Instruction *TransInst, |
| 2665 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited, |
| 2666 | MemoryAccess *MemAccess, Instruction *OrigInst, |
| 2667 | BasicBlock *PredBB) { |
| 2668 | unsigned IDFSNum = InstrToDFSNum(OrigInst); |
| 2669 | // Make sure it's marked as a temporary instruction. |
| 2670 | AllTempInstructions.insert(TransInst); |
| 2671 | // and make sure anything that tries to add it's DFS number is |
| 2672 | // redirected to the instruction we are making a phi of ops |
| 2673 | // for. |
| 2674 | TempToBlock.insert({TransInst, PredBB}); |
| 2675 | InstrDFS.insert({TransInst, IDFSNum}); |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | const Expression *E = performSymbolicEvaluation(TransInst, Visited); |
| 2678 | InstrDFS.erase(TransInst); |
| 2679 | AllTempInstructions.erase(TransInst); |
| 2680 | TempToBlock.erase(TransInst); |
| 2681 | if (MemAccess) |
| 2682 | TempToMemory.erase(TransInst); |
| 2683 | if (!E) |
| 2684 | return nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | auto *FoundVal = findPHIOfOpsLeader(E, OrigInst, PredBB); |
| 2686 | if (!FoundVal) { |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps[E].insert(OrigInst); |
| 2688 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Cannot find phi of ops operand for " << *TransInst |
| 2689 | << " in block " << getBlockName(PredBB) << "\n"); |
| 2690 | return nullptr; |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(FoundVal)) |
| 2693 | FoundVal = SI->getValueOperand(); |
| 2694 | return FoundVal; |
| 2695 | } |
| 2696 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | // When we see an instruction that is an op of phis, generate the equivalent phi |
| 2698 | // of ops form. |
| 2699 | const Expression * |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | NewGVN::makePossiblePHIOfOps(Instruction *I, |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited) { |
| 2702 | if (!okayForPHIOfOps(I)) |
| 2703 | return nullptr; |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | if (!Visited.insert(I).second) |
| 2706 | return nullptr; |
| 2707 | // For now, we require the instruction be cycle free because we don't |
| 2708 | // *always* create a phi of ops for instructions that could be done as phi |
| 2709 | // of ops, we only do it if we think it is useful. If we did do it all the |
| 2710 | // time, we could remove the cycle free check. |
| 2711 | if (!isCycleFree(I)) |
| 2712 | return nullptr; |
| 2713 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> ProcessedPHIs; |
| 2715 | // TODO: We don't do phi translation on memory accesses because it's |
| 2716 | // complicated. For a load, we'd need to be able to simulate a new memoryuse, |
| 2717 | // which we don't have a good way of doing ATM. |
| 2718 | auto *MemAccess = getMemoryAccess(I); |
| 2719 | // If the memory operation is defined by a memory operation this block that |
| 2720 | // isn't a MemoryPhi, transforming the pointer backwards through a scalar phi |
| 2721 | // can't help, as it would still be killed by that memory operation. |
| 2722 | if (MemAccess && !isa<MemoryPhi>(MemAccess->getDefiningAccess()) && |
| 2723 | MemAccess->getDefiningAccess()->getBlock() == I->getParent()) |
| 2724 | return nullptr; |
| 2725 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 10> VisitedOps; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | // Convert op of phis to phi of ops |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | for (auto *Op : I->operand_values()) { |
| 2729 | if (!isa<PHINode>(Op)) { |
| 2730 | auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(Op); |
| 2731 | if (!ValuePHI) |
| 2732 | continue; |
| 2733 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found possible dependent phi of ops\n"); |
| 2734 | Op = ValuePHI; |
| 2735 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | auto *OpPHI = cast<PHINode>(Op); |
| 2737 | // No point in doing this for one-operand phis. |
| 2738 | if (OpPHI->getNumOperands() == 1) |
| 2739 | continue; |
| 2740 | if (!DebugCounter::shouldExecute(PHIOfOpsCounter)) |
| 2741 | return nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | SmallVector<ValPair, 4> Ops; |
Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Deps; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | auto *PHIBlock = getBlockForValue(OpPHI); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].reset(InstrToDFSNum(I)); |
| 2746 | for (unsigned PredNum = 0; PredNum < OpPHI->getNumOperands(); ++PredNum) { |
| 2747 | auto *PredBB = OpPHI->getIncomingBlock(PredNum); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | Value *FoundVal = nullptr; |
| 2749 | // We could just skip unreachable edges entirely but it's tricky to do |
| 2750 | // with rewriting existing phi nodes. |
| 2751 | if (ReachableEdges.count({PredBB, PHIBlock})) { |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | // Clone the instruction, create an expression from it that is |
| 2753 | // translated back into the predecessor, and see if we have a leader. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | Instruction *ValueOp = I->clone(); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | if (MemAccess) |
Daniel Berlin | c8ed404 | 2017-05-30 06:42:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | TempToMemory.insert({ValueOp, MemAccess}); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | bool SafeForPHIOfOps = true; |
| 2758 | VisitedOps.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | for (auto &Op : ValueOp->operands()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | auto *OrigOp = &*Op; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | // When these operand changes, it could change whether there is a |
Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | // leader for us or not, so we have to add additional users. |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op)) { |
| 2764 | Op = Op->DoPHITranslation(PHIBlock, PredBB); |
| 2765 | if (Op != OrigOp && Op != I) |
Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | Deps.insert(Op); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | } else if (auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(Op)) { |
| 2768 | if (getBlockForValue(ValuePHI) == PHIBlock) |
| 2769 | Op = ValuePHI->getIncomingValue(PredNum); |
| 2770 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | // If we phi-translated the op, it must be safe. |
Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | SafeForPHIOfOps = |
| 2773 | SafeForPHIOfOps && |
| 2774 | (Op != OrigOp || OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Op, PHIBlock, VisitedOps)); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | } |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | // FIXME: For those things that are not safe we could generate |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | // expressions all the way down, and see if this comes out to a |
| 2778 | // constant. For anything where that is true, and unsafe, we should |
| 2779 | // have made a phi-of-ops (or value numbered it equivalent to something) |
| 2780 | // for the pieces already. |
| 2781 | FoundVal = !SafeForPHIOfOps ? nullptr |
| 2782 | : findLeaderForInst(ValueOp, Visited, |
| 2783 | MemAccess, I, PredBB); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | ValueOp->deleteValue(); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | if (!FoundVal) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | return nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | } else { |
| 2788 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping phi of ops operand for incoming block " |
| 2789 | << getBlockName(PredBB) |
| 2790 | << " because the block is unreachable\n"); |
| 2791 | FoundVal = UndefValue::get(I->getType()); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | Ops.push_back({FoundVal, PredBB}); |
| 2796 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found phi of ops operand " << *FoundVal << " in " |
| 2797 | << getBlockName(PredBB) << "\n"); |
| 2798 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | for (auto Dep : Deps) |
| 2800 | addAdditionalUsers(Dep, I); |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | sortPHIOps(Ops); |
| 2802 | auto *E = performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(Ops, I, PHIBlock); |
| 2803 | if (isa<ConstantExpression>(E) || isa<VariableExpression>(E)) { |
| 2804 | DEBUG(dbgs() |
| 2805 | << "Not creating real PHI of ops because it simplified to existing " |
| 2806 | "value or constant\n"); |
| 2807 | return E; |
| 2808 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(I); |
| 2810 | bool NewPHI = false; |
| 2811 | if (!ValuePHI) { |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | ValuePHI = |
| 2813 | PHINode::Create(I->getType(), OpPHI->getNumOperands(), "phiofops"); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | addPhiOfOps(ValuePHI, PHIBlock, I); |
| 2815 | NewPHI = true; |
| 2816 | NumGVNPHIOfOpsCreated++; |
| 2817 | } |
| 2818 | if (NewPHI) { |
| 2819 | for (auto PHIOp : Ops) |
| 2820 | ValuePHI->addIncoming(PHIOp.first, PHIOp.second); |
| 2821 | } else { |
| 2822 | unsigned int i = 0; |
| 2823 | for (auto PHIOp : Ops) { |
| 2824 | ValuePHI->setIncomingValue(i, PHIOp.first); |
| 2825 | ValuePHI->setIncomingBlock(i, PHIOp.second); |
| 2826 | ++i; |
| 2827 | } |
| 2828 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created phi of ops " << *ValuePHI << " for " << *I |
| 2831 | << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | |
| 2833 | return E; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | } |
| 2835 | return nullptr; |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | // The algorithm initially places the values of the routine in the TOP |
| 2839 | // congruence class. The leader of TOP is the undetermined value `undef`. |
| 2840 | // When the algorithm has finished, values still in TOP are unreachable. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | void NewGVN::initializeCongruenceClasses(Function &F) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | NextCongruenceNum = 0; |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | // Note that even though we use the live on entry def as a representative |
| 2845 | // MemoryAccess, it is *not* the same as the actual live on entry def. We |
| 2846 | // have no real equivalemnt to undef for MemoryAccesses, and so we really |
| 2847 | // should be checking whether the MemoryAccess is top if we want to know if it |
| 2848 | // is equivalent to everything. Otherwise, what this really signifies is that |
| 2849 | // the access "it reaches all the way back to the beginning of the function" |
| 2850 | |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | // Initialize all other instructions to be in TOP class. |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | TOPClass = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | TOPClass->setMemoryLeader(MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | // The live on entry def gets put into it's own class |
| 2855 | MemoryAccessToClass[MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()] = |
| 2856 | createMemoryClass(MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()); |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | |
Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | for (auto DTN : nodes(DT)) { |
| 2859 | BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | // All MemoryAccesses are equivalent to live on entry to start. They must |
| 2861 | // be initialized to something so that initial changes are noticed. For |
| 2862 | // the maximal answer, we initialize them all to be the same as |
| 2863 | // liveOnEntry. |
Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | auto *MemoryBlockDefs = MSSA->getBlockDefs(BB); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | if (MemoryBlockDefs) |
| 2866 | for (const auto &Def : *MemoryBlockDefs) { |
| 2867 | MemoryAccessToClass[&Def] = TOPClass; |
| 2868 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(&Def); |
| 2869 | // Insert the memory phis into the member list. |
| 2870 | if (!MD) { |
| 2871 | const MemoryPhi *MP = cast<MemoryPhi>(&Def); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | TOPClass->memory_insert(MP); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | MemoryPhiState.insert({MP, MPS_TOP}); |
| 2874 | } |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | if (MD && isa<StoreInst>(MD->getMemoryInst())) |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | TOPClass->incStoreCount(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | |
| 2880 | // FIXME: This is trying to discover which instructions are uses of phi |
| 2881 | // nodes. We should move this into one of the myriad of places that walk |
| 2882 | // all the operands already. |
Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | for (auto &I : *BB) { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | if (isa<PHINode>(&I)) |
| 2885 | for (auto *U : I.users()) |
| 2886 | if (auto *UInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) |
| 2887 | if (InstrToDFSNum(UInst) != 0 && okayForPHIOfOps(UInst)) |
| 2888 | PHINodeUses.insert(UInst); |
Daniel Berlin | 22a4a01 | 2017-02-11 15:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | // Don't insert void terminators into the class. We don't value number |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | // them, and they just end up sitting in TOP. |
Daniel Berlin | 22a4a01 | 2017-02-11 15:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | if (isa<TerminatorInst>(I) && I.getType()->isVoidTy()) |
| 2892 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | TOPClass->insert(&I); |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | ValueToClass[&I] = TOPClass; |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | |
| 2898 | // Initialize arguments to be in their own unique congruence classes |
| 2899 | for (auto &FA : F.args()) |
| 2900 | createSingletonCongruenceClass(&FA); |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | void NewGVN::cleanupTables() { |
| 2904 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CongruenceClasses.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Congruence class " << CongruenceClasses[i]->getID() |
| 2906 | << " has " << CongruenceClasses[i]->size() << " members\n"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | // Make sure we delete the congruence class (probably worth switching to |
| 2908 | // a unique_ptr at some point. |
| 2909 | delete CongruenceClasses[i]; |
Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | CongruenceClasses[i] = nullptr; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | } |
| 2912 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | // Destroy the value expressions |
| 2914 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> TempInst(AllTempInstructions.begin(), |
| 2915 | AllTempInstructions.end()); |
| 2916 | AllTempInstructions.clear(); |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | // We have to drop all references for everything first, so there are no uses |
| 2919 | // left as we delete them. |
| 2920 | for (auto *I : TempInst) { |
| 2921 | I->dropAllReferences(); |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | while (!TempInst.empty()) { |
| 2925 | auto *I = TempInst.back(); |
| 2926 | TempInst.pop_back(); |
| 2927 | I->deleteValue(); |
| 2928 | } |
| 2929 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | ValueToClass.clear(); |
| 2931 | ArgRecycler.clear(ExpressionAllocator); |
| 2932 | ExpressionAllocator.Reset(); |
| 2933 | CongruenceClasses.clear(); |
| 2934 | ExpressionToClass.clear(); |
| 2935 | ValueToExpression.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | RealToTemp.clear(); |
| 2937 | AdditionalUsers.clear(); |
| 2938 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps.clear(); |
| 2939 | TempToBlock.clear(); |
| 2940 | TempToMemory.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | PHINodeUses.clear(); |
| 2942 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.clear(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2943 | ReachableBlocks.clear(); |
| 2944 | ReachableEdges.clear(); |
| 2945 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 2946 | ProcessedCount.clear(); |
| 2947 | #endif |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | InstrDFS.clear(); |
| 2949 | InstructionsToErase.clear(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | DFSToInstr.clear(); |
| 2951 | BlockInstRange.clear(); |
| 2952 | TouchedInstructions.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | MemoryAccessToClass.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | PredicateToUsers.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | MemoryToUsers.clear(); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange.clear(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | } |
| 2958 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | // Assign local DFS number mapping to instructions, and leave space for Value |
| 2960 | // PHI's. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> NewGVN::assignDFSNumbers(BasicBlock *B, |
| 2962 | unsigned Start) { |
| 2963 | unsigned End = Start; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | if (MemoryAccess *MemPhi = getMemoryAccess(B)) { |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | InstrDFS[MemPhi] = End++; |
Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(MemPhi); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | } |
| 2968 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | // Then the real block goes next. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | for (auto &I : *B) { |
Daniel Berlin | 856fa14 | 2017-03-06 18:42:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | // There's no need to call isInstructionTriviallyDead more than once on |
| 2972 | // an instruction. Therefore, once we know that an instruction is dead |
| 2973 | // we change its DFS number so that it doesn't get value numbered. |
| 2974 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&I, TLI)) { |
| 2975 | InstrDFS[&I] = 0; |
| 2976 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping trivially dead instruction " << I << "\n"); |
| 2977 | markInstructionForDeletion(&I); |
| 2978 | continue; |
| 2979 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | if (isa<PHINode>(&I)) |
| 2981 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[B].set(End); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | InstrDFS[&I] = End++; |
Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(&I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | // All of the range functions taken half-open ranges (open on the end side). |
| 2987 | // So we do not subtract one from count, because at this point it is one |
| 2988 | // greater than the last instruction. |
| 2989 | return std::make_pair(Start, End); |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | void NewGVN::updateProcessedCount(const Value *V) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 2994 | if (ProcessedCount.count(V) == 0) { |
| 2995 | ProcessedCount.insert({V, 1}); |
| 2996 | } else { |
Davide Italiano | 7cf29dc | 2017-01-14 20:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | ++ProcessedCount[V]; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | assert(ProcessedCount[V] < 100 && |
Davide Italiano | 75e39f9 | 2016-12-30 15:01:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | "Seem to have processed the same Value a lot"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | } |
| 3001 | #endif |
| 3002 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3003 | |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | // Evaluate MemoryPhi nodes symbolically, just like PHI nodes |
| 3005 | void NewGVN::valueNumberMemoryPhi(MemoryPhi *MP) { |
| 3006 | // If all the arguments are the same, the MemoryPhi has the same value as the |
Daniel Berlin | d130b6c | 2017-05-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | // argument. Filter out unreachable blocks and self phis from our operands. |
| 3008 | // TODO: We could do cycle-checking on the memory phis to allow valueizing for |
| 3009 | // self-phi checking. |
Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | const BasicBlock *PHIBlock = MP->getBlock(); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(MP->operands(), [&](const Use &U) { |
Daniel Berlin | d130b6c | 2017-05-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | return cast<MemoryAccess>(U) != MP && |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | !isMemoryAccessTOP(cast<MemoryAccess>(U)) && |
Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | ReachableEdges.count({MP->getIncomingBlock(U), PHIBlock}); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | }); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | // If all that is left is nothing, our memoryphi is undef. We keep it as |
| 3017 | // InitialClass. Note: The only case this should happen is if we have at |
| 3018 | // least one self-argument. |
| 3019 | if (Filtered.begin() == Filtered.end()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | if (setMemoryClass(MP, TOPClass)) |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MP); |
| 3022 | return; |
| 3023 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | |
| 3025 | // Transform the remaining operands into operand leaders. |
| 3026 | // FIXME: mapped_iterator should have a range version. |
| 3027 | auto LookupFunc = [&](const Use &U) { |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | return lookupMemoryLeader(cast<MemoryAccess>(U)); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | }; |
| 3030 | auto MappedBegin = map_iterator(Filtered.begin(), LookupFunc); |
| 3031 | auto MappedEnd = map_iterator(Filtered.end(), LookupFunc); |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | // and now check if all the elements are equal. |
| 3034 | // Sadly, we can't use std::equals since these are random access iterators. |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | const auto *AllSameValue = *MappedBegin; |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | ++MappedBegin; |
| 3037 | bool AllEqual = std::all_of( |
| 3038 | MappedBegin, MappedEnd, |
| 3039 | [&AllSameValue](const MemoryAccess *V) { return V == AllSameValue; }); |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 | if (AllEqual) |
| 3042 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory Phi value numbered to " << *AllSameValue << "\n"); |
| 3043 | else |
| 3044 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory Phi value numbered to itself\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | // If it's equal to something, it's in that class. Otherwise, it has to be in |
| 3046 | // a class where it is the leader (other things may be equivalent to it, but |
| 3047 | // it needs to start off in its own class, which means it must have been the |
| 3048 | // leader, and it can't have stopped being the leader because it was never |
| 3049 | // removed). |
| 3050 | CongruenceClass *CC = |
| 3051 | AllEqual ? getMemoryClass(AllSameValue) : ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MP); |
| 3052 | auto OldState = MemoryPhiState.lookup(MP); |
| 3053 | assert(OldState != MPS_Invalid && "Invalid memory phi state"); |
| 3054 | auto NewState = AllEqual ? MPS_Equivalent : MPS_Unique; |
| 3055 | MemoryPhiState[MP] = NewState; |
| 3056 | if (setMemoryClass(MP, CC) || OldState != NewState) |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MP); |
| 3058 | } |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | // Value number a single instruction, symbolically evaluating, performing |
| 3061 | // congruence finding, and updating mappings. |
| 3062 | void NewGVN::valueNumberInstruction(Instruction *I) { |
| 3063 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing instruction " << *I << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | if (!I->isTerminator()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | const Expression *Symbolized = nullptr; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 2> Visited; |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | if (DebugCounter::shouldExecute(VNCounter)) { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | Symbolized = performSymbolicEvaluation(I, Visited); |
| 3069 | // Make a phi of ops if necessary |
| 3070 | if (Symbolized && !isa<ConstantExpression>(Symbolized) && |
| 3071 | !isa<VariableExpression>(Symbolized) && PHINodeUses.count(I)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | auto *PHIE = makePossiblePHIOfOps(I, Visited); |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | // If we created a phi of ops, use it. |
| 3074 | // If we couldn't create one, make sure we don't leave one lying around |
| 3075 | if (PHIE) { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | Symbolized = PHIE; |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | } else if (auto *Op = RealToTemp.lookup(I)) { |
| 3078 | removePhiOfOps(I, Op); |
| 3079 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | 343576a | 2017-03-06 18:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | // Mark the instruction as unused so we don't value number it again. |
| 3083 | InstrDFS[I] = 0; |
Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | // If we couldn't come up with a symbolic expression, use the unknown |
| 3086 | // expression |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | if (Symbolized == nullptr) |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | Symbolized = createUnknownExpression(I); |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | performCongruenceFinding(I, Symbolized); |
| 3090 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | // Handle terminators that return values. All of them produce values we |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | // don't currently understand. We don't place non-value producing |
| 3093 | // terminators in a class. |
Daniel Berlin | 25f05b0 | 2017-01-02 18:22:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | auto *Symbolized = createUnknownExpression(I); |
| 3096 | performCongruenceFinding(I, Symbolized); |
| 3097 | } |
Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | processOutgoingEdges(dyn_cast<TerminatorInst>(I), I->getParent()); |
| 3099 | } |
| 3100 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | // Check if there is a path, using single or equal argument phi nodes, from |
| 3103 | // First to Second. |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | bool NewGVN::singleReachablePHIPath( |
| 3105 | SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> &Visited, const MemoryAccess *First, |
| 3106 | const MemoryAccess *Second) const { |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | if (First == Second) |
| 3108 | return true; |
Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | if (MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(First)) |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | // This is not perfect, but as we're just verifying here, we can live with |
| 3113 | // the loss of precision. The real solution would be that of doing strongly |
| 3114 | // connected component finding in this routine, and it's probably not worth |
| 3115 | // the complexity for the time being. So, we just keep a set of visited |
| 3116 | // MemoryAccess and return true when we hit a cycle. |
| 3117 | if (Visited.count(First)) |
| 3118 | return true; |
| 3119 | Visited.insert(First); |
| 3120 | |
Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | const auto *EndDef = First; |
Daniel Berlin | 3082b8e | 2017-04-05 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | for (auto *ChainDef : optimized_def_chain(First)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | if (ChainDef == Second) |
| 3124 | return true; |
| 3125 | if (MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(ChainDef)) |
| 3126 | return false; |
| 3127 | EndDef = ChainDef; |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | auto *MP = cast<MemoryPhi>(EndDef); |
| 3130 | auto ReachableOperandPred = [&](const Use &U) { |
| 3131 | return ReachableEdges.count({MP->getIncomingBlock(U), MP->getBlock()}); |
| 3132 | }; |
| 3133 | auto FilteredPhiArgs = |
| 3134 | make_filter_range(MP->operands(), ReachableOperandPred); |
| 3135 | SmallVector<const Value *, 32> OperandList; |
| 3136 | std::copy(FilteredPhiArgs.begin(), FilteredPhiArgs.end(), |
| 3137 | std::back_inserter(OperandList)); |
| 3138 | bool Okay = OperandList.size() == 1; |
| 3139 | if (!Okay) |
| 3140 | Okay = |
| 3141 | std::equal(OperandList.begin(), OperandList.end(), OperandList.begin()); |
| 3142 | if (Okay) |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | return singleReachablePHIPath(Visited, cast<MemoryAccess>(OperandList[0]), |
| 3144 | Second); |
Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | return false; |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | } |
| 3147 | |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | // Verify the that the memory equivalence table makes sense relative to the |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | // congruence classes. Note that this checking is not perfect, and is currently |
Davide Italiano | ed67f19 | 2017-01-14 20:15:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | // subject to very rare false negatives. It is only useful for |
| 3151 | // testing/debugging. |
Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | void NewGVN::verifyMemoryCongruency() const { |
Davide Italiano | e9781e7 | 2017-03-25 02:40:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | // Verify that the memory table equivalence and memory member set match |
| 3155 | for (const auto *CC : CongruenceClasses) { |
| 3156 | if (CC == TOPClass || CC->isDead()) |
| 3157 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | if (CC->getStoreCount() != 0) { |
Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 | assert((CC->getStoredValue() || !isa<StoreInst>(CC->getLeader())) && |
Davide Italiano | 94bf784 | 2017-05-04 17:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | "Any class with a store as a leader should have a " |
| 3161 | "representative stored value"); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | assert(CC->getMemoryLeader() && |
Davide Italiano | 94bf784 | 2017-05-04 17:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | "Any congruence class with a store should have a " |
| 3164 | "representative access"); |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | } |
| 3166 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | if (CC->getMemoryLeader()) |
| 3168 | assert(MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(CC->getMemoryLeader()) == CC && |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | "Representative MemoryAccess does not appear to be reverse " |
| 3170 | "mapped properly"); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | for (auto M : CC->memory()) |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | assert(MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(M) == CC && |
| 3173 | "Memory member does not appear to be reverse mapped properly"); |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | // Anything equivalent in the MemoryAccess table should be in the same |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | // congruence class. |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | // Filter out the unreachable and trivially dead entries, because they may |
| 3180 | // never have been updated if the instructions were not processed. |
| 3181 | auto ReachableAccessPred = |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | [&](const std::pair<const MemoryAccess *, CongruenceClass *> Pair) { |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | bool Result = ReachableBlocks.count(Pair.first->getBlock()); |
Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | if (!Result || MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(Pair.first) || |
| 3185 | MemoryToDFSNum(Pair.first) == 0) |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | return false; |
| 3187 | if (auto *MemDef = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(Pair.first)) |
| 3188 | return !isInstructionTriviallyDead(MemDef->getMemoryInst()); |
Davide Italiano | 6e7a212 | 2017-05-15 18:50:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | |
| 3190 | // We could have phi nodes which operands are all trivially dead, |
| 3191 | // so we don't process them. |
| 3192 | if (auto *MemPHI = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(Pair.first)) { |
| 3193 | for (auto &U : MemPHI->incoming_values()) { |
Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&*U)) { |
Davide Italiano | 6e7a212 | 2017-05-15 18:50:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | if (!isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) |
| 3196 | return true; |
| 3197 | } |
| 3198 | } |
| 3199 | return false; |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | return true; |
| 3203 | }; |
| 3204 | |
Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(MemoryAccessToClass, ReachableAccessPred); |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | for (auto KV : Filtered) { |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | if (auto *FirstMUD = dyn_cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(KV.first)) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | auto *SecondMUD = dyn_cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(KV.second->getMemoryLeader()); |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | if (FirstMUD && SecondMUD) { |
| 3210 | SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> VisitedMAS; |
| 3211 | assert((singleReachablePHIPath(VisitedMAS, FirstMUD, SecondMUD) || |
Davide Italiano | ed67f19 | 2017-01-14 20:15:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | ValueToClass.lookup(FirstMUD->getMemoryInst()) == |
| 3213 | ValueToClass.lookup(SecondMUD->getMemoryInst())) && |
| 3214 | "The instructions for these memory operations should have " |
| 3215 | "been in the same congruence class or reachable through" |
| 3216 | "a single argument phi"); |
Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | } else if (auto *FirstMP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(KV.first)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | // We can only sanely verify that MemoryDefs in the operand list all have |
| 3220 | // the same class. |
| 3221 | auto ReachableOperandPred = [&](const Use &U) { |
Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | return ReachableEdges.count( |
| 3223 | {FirstMP->getIncomingBlock(U), FirstMP->getBlock()}) && |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 | isa<MemoryDef>(U); |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | }; |
| 3227 | // All arguments should in the same class, ignoring unreachable arguments |
| 3228 | auto FilteredPhiArgs = |
| 3229 | make_filter_range(FirstMP->operands(), ReachableOperandPred); |
| 3230 | SmallVector<const CongruenceClass *, 16> PhiOpClasses; |
| 3231 | std::transform(FilteredPhiArgs.begin(), FilteredPhiArgs.end(), |
| 3232 | std::back_inserter(PhiOpClasses), [&](const Use &U) { |
| 3233 | const MemoryDef *MD = cast<MemoryDef>(U); |
| 3234 | return ValueToClass.lookup(MD->getMemoryInst()); |
| 3235 | }); |
| 3236 | assert(std::equal(PhiOpClasses.begin(), PhiOpClasses.end(), |
| 3237 | PhiOpClasses.begin()) && |
| 3238 | "All MemoryPhi arguments should be in the same class"); |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | } |
Davide Italiano | e9781e7 | 2017-03-25 02:40:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | #endif |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | } |
| 3243 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | // Verify that the sparse propagation we did actually found the maximal fixpoint |
| 3245 | // We do this by storing the value to class mapping, touching all instructions, |
| 3246 | // and redoing the iteration to see if anything changed. |
| 3247 | void NewGVN::verifyIterationSettled(Function &F) { |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Beginning iteration verification\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | if (DebugCounter::isCounterSet(VNCounter)) |
| 3251 | DebugCounter::setCounterValue(VNCounter, StartingVNCounter); |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | // Note that we have to store the actual classes, as we may change existing |
| 3254 | // classes during iteration. This is because our memory iteration propagation |
| 3255 | // is not perfect, and so may waste a little work. But it should generate |
| 3256 | // exactly the same congruence classes we have now, with different IDs. |
| 3257 | std::map<const Value *, CongruenceClass> BeforeIteration; |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | for (auto &KV : ValueToClass) { |
| 3260 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(KV.first)) |
| 3261 | // Skip unused/dead instructions. |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | if (InstrToDFSNum(I) == 0) |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | BeforeIteration.insert({KV.first, *KV.second}); |
| 3265 | } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | TouchedInstructions.set(); |
| 3268 | TouchedInstructions.reset(0); |
| 3269 | iterateTouchedInstructions(); |
| 3270 | DenseSet<std::pair<const CongruenceClass *, const CongruenceClass *>> |
| 3271 | EqualClasses; |
| 3272 | for (const auto &KV : ValueToClass) { |
| 3273 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(KV.first)) |
| 3274 | // Skip unused/dead instructions. |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | if (InstrToDFSNum(I) == 0) |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | continue; |
| 3277 | // We could sink these uses, but i think this adds a bit of clarity here as |
| 3278 | // to what we are comparing. |
| 3279 | auto *BeforeCC = &BeforeIteration.find(KV.first)->second; |
| 3280 | auto *AfterCC = KV.second; |
| 3281 | // Note that the classes can't change at this point, so we memoize the set |
| 3282 | // that are equal. |
| 3283 | if (!EqualClasses.count({BeforeCC, AfterCC})) { |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 | assert(BeforeCC->isEquivalentTo(AfterCC) && |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | "Value number changed after main loop completed!"); |
| 3286 | EqualClasses.insert({BeforeCC, AfterCC}); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | } |
| 3288 | } |
| 3289 | #endif |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | // Verify that for each store expression in the expression to class mapping, |
| 3293 | // only the latest appears, and multiple ones do not appear. |
| 3294 | // Because loads do not use the stored value when doing equality with stores, |
| 3295 | // if we don't erase the old store expressions from the table, a load can find |
| 3296 | // a no-longer valid StoreExpression. |
| 3297 | void NewGVN::verifyStoreExpressions() const { |
Daniel Berlin | 6c66e9a | 2017-05-16 20:02:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | // This is the only use of this, and it's not worth defining a complicated |
| 3300 | // densemapinfo hash/equality function for it. |
| 3301 | std::set< |
| 3302 | std::pair<const Value *, |
| 3303 | std::tuple<const Value *, const CongruenceClass *, Value *>>> |
| 3304 | StoreExpressionSet; |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | for (const auto &KV : ExpressionToClass) { |
| 3306 | if (auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(KV.first)) { |
| 3307 | // Make sure a version that will conflict with loads is not already there |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3308 | auto Res = StoreExpressionSet.insert( |
| 3309 | {SE->getOperand(0), std::make_tuple(SE->getMemoryLeader(), KV.second, |
| 3310 | SE->getStoredValue())}); |
| 3311 | bool Okay = Res.second; |
| 3312 | // It's okay to have the same expression already in there if it is |
| 3313 | // identical in nature. |
| 3314 | // This can happen when the leader of the stored value changes over time. |
Davide Italiano | 0ec715b | 2017-06-20 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | if (!Okay) |
| 3316 | Okay = (std::get<1>(Res.first->second) == KV.second) && |
| 3317 | (lookupOperandLeader(std::get<2>(Res.first->second)) == |
| 3318 | lookupOperandLeader(SE->getStoredValue())); |
Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 | assert(Okay && "Stored expression conflict exists in expression table"); |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | auto *ValueExpr = ValueToExpression.lookup(SE->getStoreInst()); |
| 3321 | assert(ValueExpr && ValueExpr->equals(*SE) && |
| 3322 | "StoreExpression in ExpressionToClass is not latest " |
| 3323 | "StoreExpression for value"); |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 6c66e9a | 2017-05-16 20:02:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | #endif |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | } |
| 3328 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | // This is the main value numbering loop, it iterates over the initial touched |
| 3330 | // instruction set, propagating value numbers, marking things touched, etc, |
| 3331 | // until the set of touched instructions is completely empty. |
| 3332 | void NewGVN::iterateTouchedInstructions() { |
| 3333 | unsigned int Iterations = 0; |
| 3334 | // Figure out where touchedinstructions starts |
| 3335 | int FirstInstr = TouchedInstructions.find_first(); |
| 3336 | // Nothing set, nothing to iterate, just return. |
| 3337 | if (FirstInstr == -1) |
| 3338 | return; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | const BasicBlock *LastBlock = getBlockForValue(InstrFromDFSNum(FirstInstr)); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | while (TouchedInstructions.any()) { |
| 3341 | ++Iterations; |
| 3342 | // Walk through all the instructions in all the blocks in RPO. |
| 3343 | // TODO: As we hit a new block, we should push and pop equalities into a |
| 3344 | // table lookupOperandLeader can use, to catch things PredicateInfo |
| 3345 | // might miss, like edge-only equivalences. |
Francis Visoiu Mistrih | b52e036 | 2017-05-17 01:07:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | for (unsigned InstrNum : TouchedInstructions.set_bits()) { |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | |
| 3348 | // This instruction was found to be dead. We don't bother looking |
| 3349 | // at it again. |
| 3350 | if (InstrNum == 0) { |
| 3351 | TouchedInstructions.reset(InstrNum); |
| 3352 | continue; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 | Value *V = InstrFromDFSNum(InstrNum); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | const BasicBlock *CurrBlock = getBlockForValue(V); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | |
| 3358 | // If we hit a new block, do reachability processing. |
| 3359 | if (CurrBlock != LastBlock) { |
| 3360 | LastBlock = CurrBlock; |
| 3361 | bool BlockReachable = ReachableBlocks.count(CurrBlock); |
| 3362 | const auto &CurrInstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(CurrBlock); |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | // If it's not reachable, erase any touched instructions and move on. |
| 3365 | if (!BlockReachable) { |
| 3366 | TouchedInstructions.reset(CurrInstRange.first, CurrInstRange.second); |
| 3367 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping instructions in block " |
| 3368 | << getBlockName(CurrBlock) |
| 3369 | << " because it is unreachable\n"); |
| 3370 | continue; |
| 3371 | } |
| 3372 | updateProcessedCount(CurrBlock); |
| 3373 | } |
Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | // Reset after processing (because we may mark ourselves as touched when |
| 3375 | // we propagate equalities). |
| 3376 | TouchedInstructions.reset(InstrNum); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | |
| 3378 | if (auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(V)) { |
| 3379 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing MemoryPhi " << *MP << "\n"); |
| 3380 | valueNumberMemoryPhi(MP); |
| 3381 | } else if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
| 3382 | valueNumberInstruction(I); |
| 3383 | } else { |
| 3384 | llvm_unreachable("Should have been a MemoryPhi or Instruction"); |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | updateProcessedCount(V); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | } |
| 3388 | } |
| 3389 | NumGVNMaxIterations = std::max(NumGVNMaxIterations.getValue(), Iterations); |
| 3390 | } |
| 3391 | |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | // This is the main transformation entry point. |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | bool NewGVN::runGVN() { |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | if (DebugCounter::isCounterSet(VNCounter)) |
| 3395 | StartingVNCounter = DebugCounter::getCounterValue(VNCounter); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | bool Changed = false; |
Daniel Berlin | 1529bb9 | 2017-02-11 15:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | NumFuncArgs = F.arg_size(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | MSSAWalker = MSSA->getWalker(); |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | SingletonDeadExpression = new (ExpressionAllocator) DeadExpression(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | |
| 3401 | // Count number of instructions for sizing of hash tables, and come |
| 3402 | // up with a global dfs numbering for instructions. |
Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | unsigned ICount = 1; |
| 3404 | // Add an empty instruction to account for the fact that we start at 1 |
| 3405 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(nullptr); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | // Note: We want ideal RPO traversal of the blocks, which is not quite the |
| 3407 | // same as dominator tree order, particularly with regard whether backedges |
| 3408 | // get visited first or second, given a block with multiple successors. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | // If we visit in the wrong order, we will end up performing N times as many |
| 3410 | // iterations. |
Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | // The dominator tree does guarantee that, for a given dom tree node, it's |
| 3412 | // parent must occur before it in the RPO ordering. Thus, we only need to sort |
| 3413 | // the siblings. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 | ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *> RPOT(&F); |
Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | unsigned Counter = 0; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | for (auto &B : RPOT) { |
Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 | auto *Node = DT->getNode(B); |
| 3418 | assert(Node && "RPO and Dominator tree should have same reachability"); |
| 3419 | RPOOrdering[Node] = ++Counter; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | // Sort dominator tree children arrays into RPO. |
| 3422 | for (auto &B : RPOT) { |
| 3423 | auto *Node = DT->getNode(B); |
| 3424 | if (Node->getChildren().size() > 1) |
| 3425 | std::sort(Node->begin(), Node->end(), |
Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | [&](const DomTreeNode *A, const DomTreeNode *B) { |
Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | return RPOOrdering[A] < RPOOrdering[B]; |
| 3428 | }); |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | // Now a standard depth first ordering of the domtree is equivalent to RPO. |
Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | for (auto DTN : depth_first(DT->getRootNode())) { |
| 3433 | BasicBlock *B = DTN->getBlock(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | const auto &BlockRange = assignDFSNumbers(B, ICount); |
| 3435 | BlockInstRange.insert({B, BlockRange}); |
| 3436 | ICount += BlockRange.second - BlockRange.first; |
| 3437 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3438 | initializeCongruenceClasses(F); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | |
Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 | TouchedInstructions.resize(ICount); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | // Ensure we don't end up resizing the expressionToClass map, as |
| 3442 | // that can be quite expensive. At most, we have one expression per |
| 3443 | // instruction. |
Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 | ExpressionToClass.reserve(ICount); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | |
| 3446 | // Initialize the touched instructions to include the entry block. |
| 3447 | const auto &InstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(&F.getEntryBlock()); |
| 3448 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstRange.first, InstRange.second); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(&F.getEntryBlock()) |
| 3450 | << " marked reachable\n"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | ReachableBlocks.insert(&F.getEntryBlock()); |
| 3452 | |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | iterateTouchedInstructions(); |
Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3454 | verifyMemoryCongruency(); |
Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | verifyIterationSettled(F); |
Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | verifyStoreExpressions(); |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | Changed |= eliminateInstructions(F); |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | // Delete all instructions marked for deletion. |
| 3461 | for (Instruction *ToErase : InstructionsToErase) { |
| 3462 | if (!ToErase->use_empty()) |
| 3463 | ToErase->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(ToErase->getType())); |
| 3464 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | if (ToErase->getParent()) |
| 3466 | ToErase->eraseFromParent(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | } |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | // Delete all unreachable blocks. |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | auto UnreachableBlockPred = [&](const BasicBlock &BB) { |
| 3471 | return !ReachableBlocks.count(&BB); |
| 3472 | }; |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | |
| 3474 | for (auto &BB : make_filter_range(F, UnreachableBlockPred)) { |
| 3475 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "We believe block " << getBlockName(&BB) |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | << " is unreachable\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | deleteInstructionsInBlock(&BB); |
| 3478 | Changed = true; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | } |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | cleanupTables(); |
| 3482 | return Changed; |
| 3483 | } |
| 3484 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | struct NewGVN::ValueDFS { |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | int DFSIn = 0; |
| 3487 | int DFSOut = 0; |
| 3488 | int LocalNum = 0; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3489 | |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | // Only one of Def and U will be set. |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | // The bool in the Def tells us whether the Def is the stored value of a |
| 3492 | // store. |
| 3493 | PointerIntPair<Value *, 1, bool> Def; |
Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | Use *U = nullptr; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3495 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | bool operator<(const ValueDFS &Other) const { |
| 3497 | // It's not enough that any given field be less than - we have sets |
| 3498 | // of fields that need to be evaluated together to give a proper ordering. |
| 3499 | // For example, if you have; |
| 3500 | // DFS (1, 3) |
| 3501 | // Val 0 |
| 3502 | // DFS (1, 2) |
| 3503 | // Val 50 |
| 3504 | // We want the second to be less than the first, but if we just go field |
| 3505 | // by field, we will get to Val 0 < Val 50 and say the first is less than |
| 3506 | // the second. We only want it to be less than if the DFS orders are equal. |
| 3507 | // |
| 3508 | // Each LLVM instruction only produces one value, and thus the lowest-level |
| 3509 | // differentiator that really matters for the stack (and what we use as as a |
| 3510 | // replacement) is the local dfs number. |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | // Everything else in the structure is instruction level, and only affects |
| 3512 | // the order in which we will replace operands of a given instruction. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | // |
| 3514 | // For a given instruction (IE things with equal dfsin, dfsout, localnum), |
| 3515 | // the order of replacement of uses does not matter. |
| 3516 | // IE given, |
| 3517 | // a = 5 |
| 3518 | // b = a + a |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | // When you hit b, you will have two valuedfs with the same dfsin, out, and |
| 3520 | // localnum. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 | // The .val will be the same as well. |
| 3522 | // The .u's will be different. |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | // You will replace both, and it does not matter what order you replace them |
| 3524 | // in (IE whether you replace operand 2, then operand 1, or operand 1, then |
| 3525 | // operand 2). |
| 3526 | // Similarly for the case of same dfsin, dfsout, localnum, but different |
| 3527 | // .val's |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | // a = 5 |
| 3529 | // b = 6 |
| 3530 | // c = a + b |
Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | // in c, we will a valuedfs for a, and one for b,with everything the same |
| 3532 | // but .val and .u. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | // It does not matter what order we replace these operands in. |
| 3534 | // You will always end up with the same IR, and this is guaranteed. |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | return std::tie(DFSIn, DFSOut, LocalNum, Def, U) < |
| 3536 | std::tie(Other.DFSIn, Other.DFSOut, Other.LocalNum, Other.Def, |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | Other.U); |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | }; |
| 3540 | |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3541 | // This function converts the set of members for a congruence class from values, |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | // to sets of defs and uses with associated DFS info. The total number of |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | // reachable uses for each value is stored in UseCount, and instructions that |
| 3544 | // seem |
| 3545 | // dead (have no non-dead uses) are stored in ProbablyDead. |
| 3546 | void NewGVN::convertClassToDFSOrdered( |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | const CongruenceClass &Dense, SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &DFSOrderedSet, |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> &UseCounts, |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ProbablyDead) const { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | for (auto D : Dense) { |
| 3551 | // First add the value. |
| 3552 | BasicBlock *BB = getBlockForValue(D); |
| 3553 | // Constants are handled prior to ever calling this function, so |
| 3554 | // we should only be left with instructions as members. |
Chandler Carruth | ee08676 | 2016-12-23 01:38:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | assert(BB && "Should have figured out a basic block for value"); |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | ValueDFS VDDef; |
Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(BB); |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | VDDef.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); |
| 3559 | VDDef.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | // If it's a store, use the leader of the value operand, if it's always |
| 3561 | // available, or the value operand. TODO: We could do dominance checks to |
| 3562 | // find a dominating leader, but not worth it ATM. |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(D)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 808e3ff | 2017-01-31 22:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | auto Leader = lookupOperandLeader(SI->getValueOperand()); |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | if (alwaysAvailable(Leader)) { |
| 3566 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(Leader); |
| 3567 | } else { |
| 3568 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(SI->getValueOperand()); |
| 3569 | VDDef.Def.setInt(true); |
| 3570 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(D); |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | } |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3574 | assert(isa<Instruction>(D) && |
| 3575 | "The dense set member should always be an instruction"); |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3576 | Instruction *Def = cast<Instruction>(D); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | VDDef.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(D); |
| 3578 | DFSOrderedSet.push_back(VDDef); |
| 3579 | // If there is a phi node equivalent, add it |
| 3580 | if (auto *PN = RealToTemp.lookup(Def)) { |
| 3581 | auto *PHIE = |
| 3582 | dyn_cast_or_null<PHIExpression>(ValueToExpression.lookup(Def)); |
| 3583 | if (PHIE) { |
| 3584 | VDDef.Def.setInt(false); |
| 3585 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(PN); |
| 3586 | VDDef.LocalNum = 0; |
| 3587 | DFSOrderedSet.push_back(VDDef); |
| 3588 | } |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | unsigned int UseCount = 0; |
Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | // Now add the uses. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 | for (auto &U : Def->uses()) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser())) { |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 | // Don't try to replace into dead uses |
| 3596 | if (InstructionsToErase.count(I)) |
| 3597 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3598 | ValueDFS VDUse; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | // Put the phi node uses in the incoming block. |
| 3600 | BasicBlock *IBlock; |
| 3601 | if (auto *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { |
| 3602 | IBlock = P->getIncomingBlock(U); |
| 3603 | // Make phi node users appear last in the incoming block |
| 3604 | // they are from. |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | VDUse.LocalNum = InstrDFS.size() + 1; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | } else { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | IBlock = getBlockForValue(I); |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | VDUse.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | } |
Davide Italiano | ccbbc83 | 2017-01-26 00:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3610 | |
| 3611 | // Skip uses in unreachable blocks, as we're going |
| 3612 | // to delete them. |
| 3613 | if (ReachableBlocks.count(IBlock) == 0) |
| 3614 | continue; |
| 3615 | |
Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(IBlock); |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | VDUse.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); |
| 3618 | VDUse.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); |
| 3619 | VDUse.U = &U; |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | ++UseCount; |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | DFSOrderedSet.emplace_back(VDUse); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | } |
| 3623 | } |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | |
| 3625 | // If there are no uses, it's probably dead (but it may have side-effects, |
| 3626 | // so not definitely dead. Otherwise, store the number of uses so we can |
| 3627 | // track if it becomes dead later). |
| 3628 | if (UseCount == 0) |
| 3629 | ProbablyDead.insert(Def); |
| 3630 | else |
| 3631 | UseCounts[Def] = UseCount; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | } |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | // This function converts the set of members for a congruence class from values, |
| 3636 | // to the set of defs for loads and stores, with associated DFS info. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 | void NewGVN::convertClassToLoadsAndStores( |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | const CongruenceClass &Dense, |
| 3639 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &LoadsAndStores) const { |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | for (auto D : Dense) { |
| 3641 | if (!isa<LoadInst>(D) && !isa<StoreInst>(D)) |
| 3642 | continue; |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | BasicBlock *BB = getBlockForValue(D); |
| 3645 | ValueDFS VD; |
| 3646 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(BB); |
| 3647 | VD.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); |
| 3648 | VD.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | VD.Def.setPointer(D); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | |
| 3651 | // If it's an instruction, use the real local dfs number. |
| 3652 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(D)) |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | VD.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(I); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | else |
| 3655 | llvm_unreachable("Should have been an instruction"); |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | LoadsAndStores.emplace_back(VD); |
| 3658 | } |
| 3659 | } |
| 3660 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | static void patchReplacementInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { |
Daniel Berlin | 4d54796 | 2017-02-12 23:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | auto *ReplInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Repl); |
Daniel Berlin | 86eab15 | 2017-02-12 22:25:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | if (!ReplInst) |
| 3664 | return; |
| 3665 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | // Patch the replacement so that it is not more restrictive than the value |
| 3667 | // being replaced. |
Daniel Berlin | 86eab15 | 2017-02-12 22:25:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | // Note that if 'I' is a load being replaced by some operation, |
| 3669 | // for example, by an arithmetic operation, then andIRFlags() |
| 3670 | // would just erase all math flags from the original arithmetic |
| 3671 | // operation, which is clearly not wanted and not needed. |
| 3672 | if (!isa<LoadInst>(I)) |
| 3673 | ReplInst->andIRFlags(I); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 | |
Daniel Berlin | 86eab15 | 2017-02-12 22:25:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3675 | // FIXME: If both the original and replacement value are part of the |
| 3676 | // same control-flow region (meaning that the execution of one |
| 3677 | // guarantees the execution of the other), then we can combine the |
| 3678 | // noalias scopes here and do better than the general conservative |
| 3679 | // answer used in combineMetadata(). |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3680 | |
Daniel Berlin | 86eab15 | 2017-02-12 22:25:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | // In general, GVN unifies expressions over different control-flow |
| 3682 | // regions, and so we need a conservative combination of the noalias |
| 3683 | // scopes. |
| 3684 | static const unsigned KnownIDs[] = { |
| 3685 | LLVMContext::MD_tbaa, LLVMContext::MD_alias_scope, |
| 3686 | LLVMContext::MD_noalias, LLVMContext::MD_range, |
| 3687 | LLVMContext::MD_fpmath, LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load, |
| 3688 | LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group}; |
| 3689 | combineMetadata(ReplInst, I, KnownIDs); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | } |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | static void patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { |
| 3693 | patchReplacementInstruction(I, Repl); |
| 3694 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(Repl); |
| 3695 | } |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | void NewGVN::deleteInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 3698 | DEBUG(dbgs() << " BasicBlock Dead:" << *BB); |
| 3699 | ++NumGVNBlocksDeleted; |
| 3700 | |
Daniel Berlin | e19f0e0 | 2017-01-30 17:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3701 | // Delete the instructions backwards, as it has a reduced likelihood of having |
| 3702 | // to update as many def-use and use-def chains. Start after the terminator. |
| 3703 | auto StartPoint = BB->rbegin(); |
| 3704 | ++StartPoint; |
| 3705 | // Note that we explicitly recalculate BB->rend() on each iteration, |
| 3706 | // as it may change when we remove the first instruction. |
| 3707 | for (BasicBlock::reverse_iterator I(StartPoint); I != BB->rend();) { |
| 3708 | Instruction &Inst = *I++; |
| 3709 | if (!Inst.use_empty()) |
| 3710 | Inst.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(Inst.getType())); |
| 3711 | if (isa<LandingPadInst>(Inst)) |
| 3712 | continue; |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | Inst.eraseFromParent(); |
| 3715 | ++NumGVNInstrDeleted; |
| 3716 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a53a722 | 2017-01-30 18:12:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | // Now insert something that simplifycfg will turn into an unreachable. |
| 3718 | Type *Int8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(BB->getContext()); |
| 3719 | new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(Int8Ty), |
| 3720 | Constant::getNullValue(Int8Ty->getPointerTo()), |
| 3721 | BB->getTerminator()); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | } |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | void NewGVN::markInstructionForDeletion(Instruction *I) { |
| 3725 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Marking " << *I << " for deletion\n"); |
| 3726 | InstructionsToErase.insert(I); |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | void NewGVN::replaceInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *V) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Replacing " << *I << " with " << *V << "\n"); |
| 3731 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(I, V); |
| 3732 | // We save the actual erasing to avoid invalidating memory |
| 3733 | // dependencies until we are done with everything. |
| 3734 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); |
| 3735 | } |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | namespace { |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | // This is a stack that contains both the value and dfs info of where |
| 3740 | // that value is valid. |
| 3741 | class ValueDFSStack { |
| 3742 | public: |
| 3743 | Value *back() const { return ValueStack.back(); } |
| 3744 | std::pair<int, int> dfs_back() const { return DFSStack.back(); } |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | void push_back(Value *V, int DFSIn, int DFSOut) { |
Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | ValueStack.emplace_back(V); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | DFSStack.emplace_back(DFSIn, DFSOut); |
| 3749 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3750 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 | bool empty() const { return DFSStack.empty(); } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3752 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | bool isInScope(int DFSIn, int DFSOut) const { |
| 3754 | if (empty()) |
| 3755 | return false; |
| 3756 | return DFSIn >= DFSStack.back().first && DFSOut <= DFSStack.back().second; |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | void popUntilDFSScope(int DFSIn, int DFSOut) { |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | // These two should always be in sync at this point. |
| 3762 | assert(ValueStack.size() == DFSStack.size() && |
| 3763 | "Mismatch between ValueStack and DFSStack"); |
| 3764 | while ( |
| 3765 | !DFSStack.empty() && |
| 3766 | !(DFSIn >= DFSStack.back().first && DFSOut <= DFSStack.back().second)) { |
| 3767 | DFSStack.pop_back(); |
| 3768 | ValueStack.pop_back(); |
| 3769 | } |
| 3770 | } |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 | private: |
| 3773 | SmallVector<Value *, 8> ValueStack; |
| 3774 | SmallVector<std::pair<int, int>, 8> DFSStack; |
| 3775 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3776 | |
| 3777 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Daniel Berlin | 0444343 | 2017-01-07 03:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3778 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 | // Given an expression, get the congruence class for it. |
| 3780 | CongruenceClass *NewGVN::getClassForExpression(const Expression *E) const { |
| 3781 | if (auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) |
| 3782 | return ValueToClass.lookup(VE->getVariableValue()); |
| 3783 | else if (isa<DeadExpression>(E)) |
| 3784 | return TOPClass; |
| 3785 | return ExpressionToClass.lookup(E); |
| 3786 | } |
| 3787 | |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | // Given a value and a basic block we are trying to see if it is available in, |
| 3789 | // see if the value has a leader available in that block. |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | Value *NewGVN::findPHIOfOpsLeader(const Expression *E, |
Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3791 | const Instruction *OrigInst, |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | const BasicBlock *BB) const { |
| 3793 | // It would already be constant if we could make it constant |
| 3794 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) |
| 3795 | return CE->getConstantValue(); |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | if (auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) { |
| 3797 | auto *V = VE->getVariableValue(); |
| 3798 | if (alwaysAvailable(V) || DT->dominates(getBlockForValue(V), BB)) |
| 3799 | return VE->getVariableValue(); |
| 3800 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | auto *CC = getClassForExpression(E); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | if (!CC) |
| 3804 | return nullptr; |
| 3805 | if (alwaysAvailable(CC->getLeader())) |
| 3806 | return CC->getLeader(); |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | for (auto Member : *CC) { |
| 3809 | auto *MemberInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Member); |
Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | if (MemberInst == OrigInst) |
| 3811 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | // Anything that isn't an instruction is always available. |
| 3813 | if (!MemberInst) |
| 3814 | return Member; |
Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | if (DT->dominates(getBlockForValue(MemberInst), BB)) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | return Member; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | } |
| 3818 | return nullptr; |
| 3819 | } |
| 3820 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | bool NewGVN::eliminateInstructions(Function &F) { |
| 3822 | // This is a non-standard eliminator. The normal way to eliminate is |
| 3823 | // to walk the dominator tree in order, keeping track of available |
| 3824 | // values, and eliminating them. However, this is mildly |
| 3825 | // pointless. It requires doing lookups on every instruction, |
| 3826 | // regardless of whether we will ever eliminate it. For |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3827 | // instructions part of most singleton congruence classes, we know we |
| 3828 | // will never eliminate them. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | |
| 3830 | // Instead, this eliminator looks at the congruence classes directly, sorts |
| 3831 | // them into a DFS ordering of the dominator tree, and then we just |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | // perform elimination straight on the sets by walking the congruence |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | // class member uses in order, and eliminate the ones dominated by the |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | // last member. This is worst case O(E log E) where E = number of |
| 3835 | // instructions in a single congruence class. In theory, this is all |
| 3836 | // instructions. In practice, it is much faster, as most instructions are |
| 3837 | // either in singleton congruence classes or can't possibly be eliminated |
| 3838 | // anyway (if there are no overlapping DFS ranges in class). |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | // When we find something not dominated, it becomes the new leader |
Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 | // for elimination purposes. |
| 3841 | // TODO: If we wanted to be faster, We could remove any members with no |
| 3842 | // overlapping ranges while sorting, as we will never eliminate anything |
| 3843 | // with those members, as they don't dominate anything else in our set. |
| 3844 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | bool AnythingReplaced = false; |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | // Since we are going to walk the domtree anyway, and we can't guarantee the |
| 3848 | // DFS numbers are updated, we compute some ourselves. |
| 3849 | DT->updateDFSNumbers(); |
| 3850 | |
Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | // Go through all of our phi nodes, and kill the arguments associated with |
| 3852 | // unreachable edges. |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | auto ReplaceUnreachablePHIArgs = [&](PHINode *PHI, BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 3854 | for (auto &Operand : PHI->incoming_values()) |
| 3855 | if (!ReachableEdges.count({PHI->getIncomingBlock(Operand), BB})) { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Replacing incoming value of " << PHI << " for block " |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | << getBlockName(PHI->getIncomingBlock(Operand)) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | << " with undef due to it being unreachable\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | Operand.set(UndefValue::get(PHI->getType())); |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3860 | } |
| 3861 | }; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | // Replace unreachable phi arguments. |
| 3863 | // At this point, RevisitOnReachabilityChange only contains: |
| 3864 | // |
| 3865 | // 1. PHIs |
| 3866 | // 2. Temporaries that will convert to PHIs |
| 3867 | // 3. Operations that are affected by an unreachable edge but do not fit into |
| 3868 | // 1 or 2 (rare). |
| 3869 | // So it is a slight overshoot of what we want. We could make it exact by |
| 3870 | // using two SparseBitVectors per block. |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, unsigned> ReachablePredCount; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 | for (auto &KV : ReachableEdges) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | ReachablePredCount[KV.getEnd()]++; |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | for (auto &BBPair : RevisitOnReachabilityChange) { |
| 3875 | for (auto InstNum : BBPair.second) { |
| 3876 | auto *Inst = InstrFromDFSNum(InstNum); |
| 3877 | auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Inst); |
| 3878 | PHI = PHI ? PHI : dyn_cast_or_null<PHINode>(RealToTemp.lookup(Inst)); |
| 3879 | if (!PHI) |
| 3880 | continue; |
| 3881 | auto *BB = BBPair.first; |
| 3882 | if (ReachablePredCount.lookup(BB) != PHI->getNumIncomingValues()) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | ReplaceUnreachablePHIArgs(PHI, BB); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | // Map to store the use counts |
| 3888 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> UseCounts; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | for (auto *CC : reverse(CongruenceClasses)) { |
Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Eliminating in congruence class " << CC->getID() << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 | // Track the equivalent store info so we can decide whether to try |
| 3892 | // dead store elimination. |
| 3893 | SmallVector<ValueDFS, 8> PossibleDeadStores; |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3894 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> ProbablyDead; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | if (CC->isDead() || CC->empty()) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3897 | // Everything still in the TOP class is unreachable or dead. |
| 3898 | if (CC == TOPClass) { |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | for (auto M : *CC) { |
| 3900 | auto *VTE = ValueToExpression.lookup(M); |
| 3901 | if (VTE && isa<DeadExpression>(VTE)) |
| 3902 | markInstructionForDeletion(cast<Instruction>(M)); |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3903 | assert((!ReachableBlocks.count(cast<Instruction>(M)->getParent()) || |
| 3904 | InstructionsToErase.count(cast<Instruction>(M))) && |
Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3905 | "Everything in TOP should be unreachable or dead at this " |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | "point"); |
Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | } |
Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | continue; |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | assert(CC->getLeader() && "We should have had a leader"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | // If this is a leader that is always available, and it's a |
| 3913 | // constant or has no equivalences, just replace everything with |
| 3914 | // it. We then update the congruence class with whatever members |
| 3915 | // are left. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3916 | Value *Leader = |
| 3917 | CC->getStoredValue() ? CC->getStoredValue() : CC->getLeader(); |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | if (alwaysAvailable(Leader)) { |
Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | CongruenceClass::MemberSet MembersLeft; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3920 | for (auto M : *CC) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | Value *Member = M; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | // Void things have no uses we can replace. |
Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | if (Member == Leader || !isa<Instruction>(Member) || |
| 3924 | Member->getType()->isVoidTy()) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3925 | MembersLeft.insert(Member); |
| 3926 | continue; |
| 3927 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found replacement " << *(Leader) << " for " << *Member |
| 3929 | << "\n"); |
Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3930 | auto *I = cast<Instruction>(Member); |
| 3931 | assert(Leader != I && "About to accidentally remove our leader"); |
| 3932 | replaceInstruction(I, Leader); |
| 3933 | AnythingReplaced = true; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3934 | } |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3935 | CC->swap(MembersLeft); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | } else { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | // If this is a singleton, we can skip it. |
Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | if (CC->size() != 1 || RealToTemp.count(Leader)) { |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3939 | // This is a stack because equality replacement/etc may place |
| 3940 | // constants in the middle of the member list, and we want to use |
| 3941 | // those constant values in preference to the current leader, over |
| 3942 | // the scope of those constants. |
| 3943 | ValueDFSStack EliminationStack; |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | // Convert the members to DFS ordered sets and then merge them. |
Daniel Berlin | 2f1fbcc | 2017-01-09 05:34:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | SmallVector<ValueDFS, 8> DFSOrderedSet; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | convertClassToDFSOrdered(*CC, DFSOrderedSet, UseCounts, ProbablyDead); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3948 | |
| 3949 | // Sort the whole thing. |
Daniel Berlin | 2f1fbcc | 2017-01-09 05:34:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | std::sort(DFSOrderedSet.begin(), DFSOrderedSet.end()); |
Daniel Berlin | 2f1fbcc | 2017-01-09 05:34:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3951 | for (auto &VD : DFSOrderedSet) { |
| 3952 | int MemberDFSIn = VD.DFSIn; |
| 3953 | int MemberDFSOut = VD.DFSOut; |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | Value *Def = VD.Def.getPointer(); |
| 3955 | bool FromStore = VD.Def.getInt(); |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | Use *U = VD.U; |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3957 | // We ignore void things because we can't get a value from them. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | if (Def && Def->getType()->isVoidTy()) |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | auto *DefInst = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Def); |
| 3961 | if (DefInst && AllTempInstructions.count(DefInst)) { |
| 3962 | auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(DefInst); |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | // If this is a value phi and that's the expression we used, insert |
| 3965 | // it into the program |
| 3966 | // remove from temp instruction list. |
| 3967 | AllTempInstructions.erase(PN); |
| 3968 | auto *DefBlock = getBlockForValue(Def); |
| 3969 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Inserting fully real phi of ops" << *Def |
| 3970 | << " into block " |
| 3971 | << getBlockName(getBlockForValue(Def)) << "\n"); |
| 3972 | PN->insertBefore(&DefBlock->front()); |
| 3973 | Def = PN; |
| 3974 | NumGVNPHIOfOpsEliminations++; |
| 3975 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | |
| 3977 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) { |
| 3978 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Elimination Stack is empty\n"); |
| 3979 | } else { |
| 3980 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Elimination Stack Top DFS numbers are (" |
| 3981 | << EliminationStack.dfs_back().first << "," |
| 3982 | << EliminationStack.dfs_back().second << ")\n"); |
| 3983 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | |
| 3985 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Current DFS numbers are (" << MemberDFSIn << "," |
| 3986 | << MemberDFSOut << ")\n"); |
| 3987 | // First, we see if we are out of scope or empty. If so, |
| 3988 | // and there equivalences, we try to replace the top of |
| 3989 | // stack with equivalences (if it's on the stack, it must |
| 3990 | // not have been eliminated yet). |
| 3991 | // Then we synchronize to our current scope, by |
| 3992 | // popping until we are back within a DFS scope that |
| 3993 | // dominates the current member. |
| 3994 | // Then, what happens depends on a few factors |
| 3995 | // If the stack is now empty, we need to push |
| 3996 | // If we have a constant or a local equivalence we want to |
| 3997 | // start using, we also push. |
| 3998 | // Otherwise, we walk along, processing members who are |
| 3999 | // dominated by this scope, and eliminate them. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | bool ShouldPush = Def && EliminationStack.empty(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | bool OutOfScope = |
| 4002 | !EliminationStack.isInScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | if (OutOfScope || ShouldPush) { |
| 4005 | // Sync to our current scope. |
| 4006 | EliminationStack.popUntilDFSScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4007 | bool ShouldPush = Def && EliminationStack.empty(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | if (ShouldPush) { |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | EliminationStack.push_back(Def, MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | } |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 | // Skip the Def's, we only want to eliminate on their uses. But mark |
| 4014 | // dominated defs as dead. |
| 4015 | if (Def) { |
| 4016 | // For anything in this case, what and how we value number |
| 4017 | // guarantees that any side-effets that would have occurred (ie |
| 4018 | // throwing, etc) can be proven to either still occur (because it's |
| 4019 | // dominated by something that has the same side-effects), or never |
| 4020 | // occur. Otherwise, we would not have been able to prove it value |
| 4021 | // equivalent to something else. For these things, we can just mark |
| 4022 | // it all dead. Note that this is different from the "ProbablyDead" |
| 4023 | // set, which may not be dominated by anything, and thus, are only |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 | // easy to prove dead if they are also side-effect free. Note that |
| 4025 | // because stores are put in terms of the stored value, we skip |
| 4026 | // stored values here. If the stored value is really dead, it will |
| 4027 | // still be marked for deletion when we process it in its own class. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | if (!EliminationStack.empty() && Def != EliminationStack.back() && |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | isa<Instruction>(Def) && !FromStore) |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4030 | markInstructionForDeletion(cast<Instruction>(Def)); |
| 4031 | continue; |
| 4032 | } |
| 4033 | // At this point, we know it is a Use we are trying to possibly |
| 4034 | // replace. |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | assert(isa<Instruction>(U->get()) && |
| 4037 | "Current def should have been an instruction"); |
| 4038 | assert(isa<Instruction>(U->getUser()) && |
| 4039 | "Current user should have been an instruction"); |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | // If the thing we are replacing into is already marked to be dead, |
| 4042 | // this use is dead. Note that this is true regardless of whether |
| 4043 | // we have anything dominating the use or not. We do this here |
| 4044 | // because we are already walking all the uses anyway. |
| 4045 | Instruction *InstUse = cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()); |
| 4046 | if (InstructionsToErase.count(InstUse)) { |
| 4047 | auto &UseCount = UseCounts[U->get()]; |
| 4048 | if (--UseCount == 0) { |
| 4049 | ProbablyDead.insert(cast<Instruction>(U->get())); |
| 4050 | } |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 | } |
| 4052 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | // If we get to this point, and the stack is empty we must have a use |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4054 | // with nothing we can use to eliminate this use, so just skip it. |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4055 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) |
| 4056 | continue; |
| 4057 | |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4058 | Value *DominatingLeader = EliminationStack.back(); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | |
Davide Italiano | a76e5fa | 2017-05-18 21:43:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DominatingLeader); |
| 4061 | if (II && II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy) |
| 4062 | DominatingLeader = II->getOperand(0); |
| 4063 | |
Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | // Don't replace our existing users with ourselves. |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | if (U->get() == DominatingLeader) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | continue; |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4067 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found replacement " << *DominatingLeader << " for " |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4068 | << *U->get() << " in " << *(U->getUser()) << "\n"); |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | |
| 4070 | // If we replaced something in an instruction, handle the patching of |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | // metadata. Skip this if we are replacing predicateinfo with its |
| 4072 | // original operand, as we already know we can just drop it. |
| 4073 | auto *ReplacedInst = cast<Instruction>(U->get()); |
Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(ReplacedInst); |
| 4075 | if (!PI || DominatingLeader != PI->OriginalOp) |
| 4076 | patchReplacementInstruction(ReplacedInst, DominatingLeader); |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 | U->set(DominatingLeader); |
| 4078 | // This is now a use of the dominating leader, which means if the |
| 4079 | // dominating leader was dead, it's now live! |
| 4080 | auto &LeaderUseCount = UseCounts[DominatingLeader]; |
| 4081 | // It's about to be alive again. |
| 4082 | if (LeaderUseCount == 0 && isa<Instruction>(DominatingLeader)) |
| 4083 | ProbablyDead.erase(cast<Instruction>(DominatingLeader)); |
Davide Italiano | a76e5fa | 2017-05-18 21:43:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4084 | if (LeaderUseCount == 0 && II) |
| 4085 | ProbablyDead.insert(II); |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | ++LeaderUseCount; |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 | AnythingReplaced = true; |
| 4088 | } |
| 4089 | } |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | |
Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | // At this point, anything still in the ProbablyDead set is actually dead if |
| 4093 | // would be trivially dead. |
| 4094 | for (auto *I : ProbablyDead) |
| 4095 | if (wouldInstructionBeTriviallyDead(I)) |
| 4096 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); |
| 4097 | |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | // Cleanup the congruence class. |
Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | CongruenceClass::MemberSet MembersLeft; |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 | for (auto *Member : *CC) |
Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Member) || |
| 4102 | !InstructionsToErase.count(cast<Instruction>(Member))) |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | MembersLeft.insert(Member); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | CC->swap(MembersLeft); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4105 | |
| 4106 | // If we have possible dead stores to look at, try to eliminate them. |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4107 | if (CC->getStoreCount() > 0) { |
| 4108 | convertClassToLoadsAndStores(*CC, PossibleDeadStores); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | std::sort(PossibleDeadStores.begin(), PossibleDeadStores.end()); |
| 4110 | ValueDFSStack EliminationStack; |
| 4111 | for (auto &VD : PossibleDeadStores) { |
| 4112 | int MemberDFSIn = VD.DFSIn; |
| 4113 | int MemberDFSOut = VD.DFSOut; |
Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 | Instruction *Member = cast<Instruction>(VD.Def.getPointer()); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | if (EliminationStack.empty() || |
| 4116 | !EliminationStack.isInScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut)) { |
| 4117 | // Sync to our current scope. |
| 4118 | EliminationStack.popUntilDFSScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); |
| 4119 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) { |
| 4120 | EliminationStack.push_back(Member, MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); |
| 4121 | continue; |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | } |
| 4124 | // We already did load elimination, so nothing to do here. |
| 4125 | if (isa<LoadInst>(Member)) |
| 4126 | continue; |
| 4127 | assert(!EliminationStack.empty()); |
| 4128 | Instruction *Leader = cast<Instruction>(EliminationStack.back()); |
Richard Trieu | 0b79aa3 | 2017-01-27 06:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4129 | (void)Leader; |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4130 | assert(DT->dominates(Leader->getParent(), Member->getParent())); |
| 4131 | // Member is dominater by Leader, and thus dead |
| 4132 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Marking dead store " << *Member |
| 4133 | << " that is dominated by " << *Leader << "\n"); |
| 4134 | markInstructionForDeletion(Member); |
Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | CC->erase(Member); |
Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | ++NumGVNDeadStores; |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4139 | } |
Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4140 | return AnythingReplaced; |
| 4141 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | |
| 4143 | // This function provides global ranking of operations so that we can place them |
| 4144 | // in a canonical order. Note that rank alone is not necessarily enough for a |
| 4145 | // complete ordering, as constants all have the same rank. However, generally, |
| 4146 | // we will simplify an operation with all constants so that it doesn't matter |
| 4147 | // what order they appear in. |
| 4148 | unsigned int NewGVN::getRank(const Value *V) const { |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | // Prefer constants to undef to anything else |
| 4150 | // Undef is a constant, have to check it first. |
| 4151 | // Prefer smaller constants to constantexprs |
| 4152 | if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) |
| 4153 | return 2; |
Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4154 | if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) |
Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | return 1; |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | if (isa<Constant>(V)) |
| 4157 | return 0; |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | else if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | return 3 + A->getArgNo(); |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4160 | |
Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | // Need to shift the instruction DFS by number of arguments + 3 to account for |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4162 | // the constant and argument ranking above. |
Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | unsigned Result = InstrToDFSNum(V); |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | if (Result > 0) |
Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | return 4 + NumFuncArgs + Result; |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | // Unreachable or something else, just return a really large number. |
| 4167 | return ~0; |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | // This is a function that says whether two commutative operations should |
| 4171 | // have their order swapped when canonicalizing. |
| 4172 | bool NewGVN::shouldSwapOperands(const Value *A, const Value *B) const { |
| 4173 | // Because we only care about a total ordering, and don't rewrite expressions |
| 4174 | // in this order, we order by rank, which will give a strict weak ordering to |
Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | // everything but constants, and then we order by pointer address. |
Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 | return std::make_pair(getRank(A), A) > std::make_pair(getRank(B), B); |
Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | } |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4178 | |
Benjamin Kramer | debb3c3 | 2017-05-26 20:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4179 | namespace { |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4180 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4181 | class NewGVNLegacyPass : public FunctionPass { |
| 4182 | public: |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4183 | // Pass identification, replacement for typeid. |
| 4184 | static char ID; |
| 4185 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4186 | NewGVNLegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) { |
| 4187 | initializeNewGVNLegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 4188 | } |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4189 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override; |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | private: |
| 4193 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { |
| 4194 | AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); |
| 4195 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
| 4196 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); |
| 4197 | AU.addRequired<MemorySSAWrapperPass>(); |
| 4198 | AU.addRequired<AAResultsWrapperPass>(); |
| 4199 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
| 4200 | AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>(); |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | }; |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4203 | |
| 4204 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4205 | |
| 4206 | bool NewGVNLegacyPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) { |
| 4207 | if (skipFunction(F)) |
| 4208 | return false; |
| 4209 | return NewGVN(F, &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(), |
| 4210 | &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F), |
| 4211 | &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(), |
| 4212 | &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults(), |
| 4213 | &getAnalysis<MemorySSAWrapperPass>().getMSSA(), |
| 4214 | F.getParent()->getDataLayout()) |
| 4215 | .runGVN(); |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | |
Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4218 | char NewGVNLegacyPass::ID = 0; |
| 4219 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(NewGVNLegacyPass, "newgvn", "Global Value Numbering", |
| 4221 | false, false) |
| 4222 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) |
| 4223 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(MemorySSAWrapperPass) |
| 4224 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) |
| 4225 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) |
| 4226 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AAResultsWrapperPass) |
| 4227 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(GlobalsAAWrapperPass) |
| 4228 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(NewGVNLegacyPass, "newgvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, |
| 4229 | false) |
| 4230 | |
Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4231 | // createGVNPass - The public interface to this file. |
| 4232 | FunctionPass *llvm::createNewGVNPass() { return new NewGVNLegacyPass(); } |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | PreservedAnalyses NewGVNPass::run(Function &F, AnalysisManager<Function> &AM) { |
| 4235 | // Apparently the order in which we get these results matter for |
| 4236 | // the old GVN (see Chandler's comment in GVN.cpp). I'll keep |
| 4237 | // the same order here, just in case. |
| 4238 | auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F); |
| 4239 | auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F); |
| 4240 | auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F); |
| 4241 | auto &AA = AM.getResult<AAManager>(F); |
| 4242 | auto &MSSA = AM.getResult<MemorySSAAnalysis>(F).getMSSA(); |
| 4243 | bool Changed = |
| 4244 | NewGVN(F, &DT, &AC, &TLI, &AA, &MSSA, F.getParent()->getDataLayout()) |
| 4245 | .runGVN(); |
| 4246 | if (!Changed) |
| 4247 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); |
| 4248 | PreservedAnalyses PA; |
| 4249 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); |
| 4250 | PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>(); |
| 4251 | return PA; |
| 4252 | } |